Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1

Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior writtenpermission of the publisher.© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/78/2009.Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.Kode file IP2_BING7A_PG09.

Penyusun: Arif Rahman, Marta Yuliani, Sugeng Aryanto; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, AndiKurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D., M. ArisWibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: [email protected] Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: [email protected]

iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1

Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yanglayak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internetoleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu sajabelum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur.Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satubuku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi PeganganGuru (PG).

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudahmenggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam bukuini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggriskarena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswamempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan(spoken) maupun tertulis (written).

Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapapeningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan bukulatihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment)dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review)tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unityang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan GuruPR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya.

Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku inijuga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka danmembantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas.

Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan danpengembangan buku latihan ini.

Klaten, April 2009

Penyusun

iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 1

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.

Keterangan:1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.3. Cara menghitung:

a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahunb. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit

4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikankesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiappeserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.

5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Mata Pelajaran AlokasiWaktu

Minggu EfektifPer Semester

Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester

(jam pembelajaran)

Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester

(menit)

Jumlah JamPer Semester(@ 60 menit)

KomponenAlokasiWaktu

Minggu EfektifPer Tahun

Ajaran

Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun

(jam pembelajaran)

Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun

(menit)

Jumlah JamPer Tahun

(@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran

1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

2. PendidikanKewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

8. Seni Budaya danKeterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

9. PendidikanJasmani, Olahraga,dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untukKeseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs

iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs

vPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1

Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah

Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi DasarMata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)

Kelas VII, Semester 1

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

1.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhanasecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yangmelibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkandiri sendiri/orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang

1.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangatsederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkanterima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan

2.1 Merespon makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangatsederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat

2.2 Merespon makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangatsederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangatsederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima

3.2 Melakukan interaksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapaorang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain, danmemerintah atau melarang

3.3 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangatsederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkanterima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan

4.1 Mengungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangatsederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkunganterdekat

4.2 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhanasecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan danintonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat

5.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhanasecara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat

6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhanadengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat

6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhanadengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat

Mendengarkan1. Memahami makna dalam per-

cakapan transaksional daninterpersonal sangat sederhanauntuk berinteraksi denganlingkungan terdekat

2. Memahami makna dalam tekslisan fungsional pendek sangatsederhana untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan terdekat

Berbicara3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam

percakapan transaksional daninterpersonal sangat sederhanauntuk berinteraksi denganlingkungan terdekat

4. Mengungkapkan makna dalamteks lisan fungsional pendek sangatsederhana untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan terdekat

Membaca5. Memahami makna dalam teks

tulis fungsional pendek sangatsederhana yang berkaitan denganlingkungan terdekat

Menulis6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks

tulis fungsional pendek sangatsederhana untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan terdekat

vi Kegiatan Tatap Muka

SILABUS 1– 39

– Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana– Unit 2 Don’t . . . !– Unit 3 Thank You– Unit 4 What do You Do?

UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana 41– 88

– Greeting and Parting– Introducing Yourself and Other People– To be: is, am, are– This, That, These, Those– Spoken Messages and Birthday Cards

UNIT 2 Don’t . . . ! 89–126

– Asking Someone to Do Something– Asking Someone not to Do Something– Articles: a, an, the– There is/There are– Cardinal Numbers– Prepositions: in, at, on, behind, near, beside, in front of, under, above– How Many– Spoken and Written Notices

UNIT 3 Thank You 127–164

– Expressing Gratitude– Apologizing– Verb: Have/Has– Pronouns as a Subject and as an Object– Ordinal Numbers: First, Second, Third, . . .– Days, Months and Years– Spoken Messages and Gratitude Cards

UNIT 4 What do You Do? 165–214

– Asking for and Giving Information– Saying Something Politely– Possessive Adjactives– The Simple Present Tense: Showing Daily Routines– Telling Time– Kinds of Professions– Spoken Notices and Letters

Latihan Ulangan Semester 215–225

Daftar Pustaka 226

vi Daftar Isi

1PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1

SIL

AB

US

Un

it 1

Hi,

I’m S

ilvan

a

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VII/

1M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:1

Gen

re:

–S

tan

dar

Ko

mp

eten

si:

Men

den

gar

kan

1.M

emah

ami

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an t

ran

saks

ion

al d

an i

nte

rper

son

al p

end

ek s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

4 4

0'1.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

yang

men

g-gu

naka

n ra

gam

baha

sa li

san

sang

atse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

enya

pa

oran

g ya

ngb

elu

m/s

ud

ahdi

kena

l,m

emp

erke

nal

-ka

n d

iri

sen

dir

i/ora

ng

lain

, dan

mem

erin

tah

atau

mel

aran

g.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

lya

ng m

emua

tun

gkap

anm

enya

pa o

rang

yagn

bel

um/s

udah

dike

nal,

mem

perk

enal

kan

diri

send

iri/o

rang

lain

.

•To

be:

is, a

m, a

re.

•T

his,

that

, the

se,

thos

e.

•Fa

mily

mem

bers

(ang

gota

kel

uarg

a)

•B

erea

ksi a

tau

mer

espo

ns d

enga

nbe

nar

terh

adap

tinda

k tu

tur:

men

yapa

ora

ngya

ng b

elum

/sud

ahdi

kena

l,m

emep

rken

alka

ndi

ri se

ndiri

/ora

ngla

in.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

21–2

4•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

unde

rsta

ndth

e ex

pres

sion

s.

•R

ead

the

sent

ence

s. P

ayat

tent

ion

to th

ebo

ld-t

yped

wor

ds.

•R

ead

the

sent

ence

s. P

ayat

tent

ion

to th

ebo

ld-t

yped

wor

ds.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•Li

sten

and

rep

eat

afte

r yo

urte

ache

r.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Rep

eat

afte

r hi

m/h

er.

The

n, r

ead

the

dial

ogs

alou

dw

ith a

frie

nd.

1.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri un

gkap

anda

n pe

rcak

apan

yan

gte

rsed

ia.

2.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri to

be:

is,

am, a

re, t

his,

that

,th

ese,

tho

se.

3.M

empe

laja

ripe

nggu

naan

Thi

s/T

hat

dan

The

se/T

hose

dala

m k

alim

at.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan-

pert

anya

an a

pers

epsi

seca

ra li

san.

5.M

ende

ngar

kan

dan

men

iruka

n ka

limat

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

6.M

eniru

kan

guru

yan

gm

emba

caka

npe

rcak

apan

-per

caka

pan

di b

uku,

kem

udia

nm

empr

aktik

kan

perc

akap

an t

erse

but

deng

an s

eora

ng.

2 Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

7.M

emba

ca k

emba

lipe

rcak

apan

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya,

kem

udia

nm

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

men

gena

i pe

rcak

apan

ters

ebut

.

8.M

ende

ngar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru d

anm

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

ses

uai

deng

an y

ang

tela

hdi

baca

kan.

9.M

empr

aktik

kan

perc

akap

an d

i keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a de

ngan

seor

ang

tem

an.

10.

Men

yim

ak g

uru

mem

baca

kan

kalim

at-

kalim

at y

ang

belu

mle

ngka

p, la

lum

enul

isny

a di

buk

u da

nm

elen

gkap

inya

den

gan

am, i

s, a

re.

11.

Mem

baca

kan

teks

dan

mel

enga

kpin

ya d

enga

nam

, is,

ata

u ar

e.

12.

Men

cari

law

an k

ata-

kata

yan

g te

rsed

ia d

ari

teks

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

13.

Mem

pela

jari

kata

-kat

aya

ng b

erhu

bung

ande

ngan

kel

uarg

a da

nm

enca

ri ar

ti ka

ta-k

ata

ters

ebut

dal

am k

amus

.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•D

ikte

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

in T

ask

B o

nce

agai

n. T

hen,

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

e th

edi

alog

s be

low

base

d on

wha

tyo

u ha

ve h

eard

.

•P

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs

in T

ask

DW

ith y

our

frie

nd.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

writ

edo

wn

wha

t you

have

hea

rd.

Com

plet

e w

hat

he/s

he s

ays

with

is, a

m o

r ar

e.

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

s w

ith is

, am

or a

re.

•F

ind

the

oppo

site

mea

ning

s of

the

follo

win

g w

ords

.Yo

u m

ay fi

nd th

ean

swer

s in

the

text

s in

Tas

k G

.

•T

he w

ords

in T

ask

H s

how

us

abou

tfa

mily

rela

tions

hips

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

14.

Men

cari

nam

a-na

ma

yang

ber

hubu

ngan

deng

an k

elua

rga

dala

m k

umpu

lan

kata

yang

ter

sedi

a.

15.

Mel

engk

api k

alim

atbe

rdas

arka

n po

hon

kelu

arga

yan

g te

rsed

ia.

16.

Mel

engk

api t

eks

deng

an k

ata-

kata

yan

gse

suai

den

gan

teks

utuh

yan

g di

baca

kan

guru

.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•P

uzzl

e

•Is

ian

•Is

ian

Stu

dy o

ther

fam

ilyre

latio

nshi

psbe

low

. Fin

d th

eir

mea

ning

s in

you

rdi

ctio

nary

.

•F

ind

the

nam

esof

ten

fam

ilyre

latio

nshi

p in

this

puz

zle.

The

wor

ds c

an g

oac

ross

or

dow

n.

•Lo

ok a

t the

fam

ilytr

ee. C

ompl

ete

the

sent

ence

sba

sed

on th

efa

mily

tre

e.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

e th

e te

xtba

sed

on w

hat

you

have

hea

rd.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n2.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k de

scrip

tive

dan

reco

unt

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

id

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

15–1

7.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'2.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na t

inda

ktu

tur

yang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

2.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

gaga

san

yang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

:m

essa

ges

(pes

an)

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

deng

anto

pik

yang

dip

ilih.

1.M

ende

ngar

kan

dan

men

iruka

n pe

san

yang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

2.M

elih

at g

amba

r da

nm

emba

ca k

eter

anga

nya

ng t

erse

dia.

3.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i sec

ara

lisan

.

4.M

ende

ngar

kan

dan

men

iruka

n pe

san

yang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

5.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

guru

men

gena

i pes

andi

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

6.M

ende

ngar

kan

guru

mem

baca

pes

an.

7.M

elen

gkap

i pes

anse

suai

den

gan

yang

tela

h di

deng

ar.

8.M

enen

tuka

n ap

akah

kalim

at-k

alim

at y

ang

ters

edia

ben

ar a

tau

sala

h be

rdas

arka

n is

ipe

san

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

•M

emah

ami m

akna

yang

ter

dapa

tda

lam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

sede

rhan

a se

cara

akur

at, l

anca

r, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

i dal

amko

ntek

s ke

hidu

pan

seha

ri-ha

ri.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

repe

ataf

ter

him

/her

.

•Lo

ok a

t the

car

dan

d re

ad th

ese

nten

ces.

•A

nsw

er t

hefo

llow

ing

ques

tions

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Rep

eat

afte

r hi

m/h

er.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e te

xts

inTa

sk A

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

The

n,co

mpl

ete

the

mes

sage

s be

low

.

•S

tate

whe

ther

the

stat

emen

ts b

elow

are

true

(T

) or

fals

e (F

) ba

sed

onth

e te

xts

in T

ask

C.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

an li

ng

kun

gan

terd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

8–14

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

5 4

0'3.

1 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima.

3.2

Mel

akuk

anin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

enya

pa

ora

ng

yan

gb

elu

m/s

ud

ahd

iken

al,

mem

per

ken

al-

kan

dir

ise

nd

iri/o

ran

gla

in, d

anm

emer

inta

hat

au m

elar

ang.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

t un

gkap

anm

enya

pa o

rang

yang

bel

um/s

udah

dike

nal,

mem

per-

kena

lkan

diri

send

iri/o

rang

lain

.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

deng

ante

ma

yang

dip

ilih

(par

ts o

f the

body

).

1.M

elih

at g

amba

r da

nm

emba

ca a

bjad

yan

gte

rsed

ia d

enga

nny

arin

g.

2.M

elaf

alka

n ka

ta-k

ata

yang

ter

sedi

a.

3.M

emba

ca p

erca

kapa

nde

ngan

pel

afal

an d

anin

tona

si y

ang

tepa

t.

4.M

empe

rken

alka

n di

ride

ngan

ber

dasa

rkan

kart

u-ka

rtu

data

yan

gte

rsed

ia.

5.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n ga

mba

r,la

lu m

empe

raga

kan-

nya.

6.M

emba

ca te

ks y

ang

ters

edia

, ke

mud

ian

mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

gte

pat

berd

asar

kan

teks

ters

ebut

.

7.M

emba

ca te

ks y

ang

ters

edia

, ke

mud

ian

men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nbe

rdas

arka

n te

kste

rseb

ut.

8.M

empe

laja

ri na

ma-

nam

a ba

gian

tub

uh.

•M

elak

ukan

berb

agai

tin

dak

tutu

r da

lam

wac

ana

lisan

tra

nsak

sion

al/

inte

rper

sona

lse

pert

i: m

enya

paor

ang

yang

bel

um/

suda

h di

kena

l,m

empe

rken

alka

ndi

ri se

ndiri

/ora

ngla

in.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•N

on te

s

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s ls

ian

•N

on te

s

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•M

enge

jaka

ta

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•R

ead

the

alph

abet

s be

low

.Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ures

. Say

the

wor

ds w

ith p

rope

rpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•S

pell

the

wor

dsbe

low

alo

ud.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

alou

d. M

ind

your

pron

unci

atio

n an

din

tona

tion.

•In

trod

uce

your

self

base

d on

one

of

the

card

s.

•M

ake

dial

ogs

base

d on

the

pict

ures

.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.

•R

ead

the

text

belo

w. T

hen,

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ures

. Rep

eat

afte

r yo

ur te

ache

r.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

9.M

enyu

sun

huru

f-hu

ruf

yang

ter

sedi

a m

enja

dika

ta-k

ata

yang

tepa

t.

10.

Mel

akuk

an k

egia

tan

yang

ber

kaita

n de

ngan

nam

a-na

ma

bagi

antu

buh.

11.

Mem

buat

kal

imat

deng

anth

is/th

ese,

that

/th

ose

men

gena

iba

gian

-bag

ian

tubu

hse

cara

ber

gant

ian

deng

an s

eora

ng te

man

.

12.

Mem

beri

nam

aga

mba

r-ga

mba

r ya

ngte

rsed

ia d

enga

nm

engg

unak

an k

ata-

kata

dal

am k

otak

.

13.

Mem

buat

kal

imat

men

ggun

akan

this

/th

at,

thes

e/th

ose.

14.

Mem

perk

enal

kan

diri

sesu

ai d

enga

n ga

mba

rya

ng t

erse

dia.

15.

Mel

ihat

gam

bar

dan

mem

baca

teks

yan

gte

rsed

ia.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•M

enyu

sun

huru

f

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

raia

n

•R

earr

ange

the

lette

rs b

elow

into

prop

er w

ords

. The

wor

ds a

re p

arts

of

our

body

.

•D

o th

ein

stru

ctio

ns in

pairs

.

•La

bel t

he p

ictu

res

usin

g th

e w

ords

inth

e bo

x.

•M

ake

five

sent

ence

s us

ing

‘Thi

s/T

hat’

or

‘The

se/T

hose

’.

•S

uppo

se y

ou a

reon

e of

thes

epe

ople

. Int

rodu

ceyo

urse

lf.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure.

Rea

d th

ete

xt a

loud

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

16.

Men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nbe

rdas

arka

n te

ksdi

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

17.

Mem

baca

kat

a-ka

taya

ng t

erse

dia

dan

men

cari

arti

kata

-kat

ate

rseb

ut d

alam

kam

us.

18.

Mem

buat

kal

imat

seca

ra li

san

men

gena

iga

mba

r m

engg

unak

anka

ta-k

ata

yang

ters

edia

.

19.

Men

desk

ripsi

kan

oran

gda

lam

gam

bar.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e te

xt in

Task

N.

•R

ead

the

wor

dsbe

low

alo

ud. F

ind

thei

r m

eani

ngs

inyo

ur d

ictio

nary

.

•Te

ll so

met

hing

abou

t ea

chpe

rson

bel

ow. Y

oum

ay u

se th

ew

ords

in th

e bo

x.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure.

Des

crib

eth

e pe

rson

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a4.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

17.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'4.

1 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

tind

aktu

tur d

alam

tek

slis

an fu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

4.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na g

agas

anda

lam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

: spo

ken

mes

sage

s(p

esan

isia

n).

1.M

emba

ca n

yarin

gpe

san

yang

ter

sedi

a.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

pesa

n di

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

3.M

enca

ri ar

ti ka

ta-k

ata

yang

ter

sedi

a,ke

mud

ian

mem

buat

kalim

at d

enga

n ka

ta-

kata

ter

sebu

t.

4.M

enul

is p

esan

unt

ukse

oran

g te

man

,ke

mud

ian

mem

baca

nya

deng

anny

arin

g.

•M

engu

ngka

pkan

mak

na d

alam

bent

uk p

esan

deng

an r

agam

baha

sa li

san

seca

rala

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•R

ead

the

mes

sage

s al

oud.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e te

xts

inTa

sk A

.

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

wor

ds b

elow

.T

hen,

mak

ese

nten

ces

usin

gth

e w

ords

.

•W

rite

a m

essa

gefo

r a

frie

nd a

tsc

hool

.The

n, r

ead

your

mes

sage

alou

d.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

5.M

emah

ami

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

tulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

yan

g b

erka

itan

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an t

erd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

18–1

9.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'5.

1 M

emba

cany

arin

gbe

rmak

na k

ata,

fras

a, d

an k

alim

atde

ngan

uca

pan,

teka

nan

dan

into

nasi

yan

gbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

n de

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

5.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

teks

tulis

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

n de

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek b

erbe

ntuk

birt

hday

car

ds(k

artu

ula

ngta

hun)

.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

tem

a.

1.M

emba

ca n

yarin

gka

rtu

ulan

g ta

hun

deng

an la

fal d

anin

tona

si y

ang

bena

r.2.

Men

jela

skan

isi k

artu

seca

ra s

ingk

at.

3.M

enca

ri ar

ti ka

ta-k

ata

yang

ter

sedi

a da

lam

kam

us.

4.M

elen

gkap

i kal

imat

deng

an k

ata-

kata

yan

gad

a di

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

5.M

emba

ca n

yarin

gka

rtu

dan

men

entu

kan

pene

riman

ya.

6.M

enjo

dohk

an k

ata-

kata

dal

am k

olom

Ade

ngan

art

inya

dal

amko

lom

B.

•M

emba

ca n

yarin

gse

cara

ber

mak

naw

acan

a pe

ndek

sede

rhan

a.

•M

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m t

eks

fung

sion

al p

ende

kde

ngan

ben

ar.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•Is

ian

•M

emba

cany

arin

g•

Jaw

aban

sing

kat

•M

enjo

doh-

kan

•R

ead

the

card

alou

d. W

hat i

s it

abou

t?

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

wor

ds in

you

rdi

ctio

nary

.

•C

ompl

ete

the

sent

ence

s w

ithth

e w

ords

inTa

sk B

.

•R

ead

the

card

belo

w. I

s it

for

a gi

rl, a

boy

or

twin

s? H

ow d

oyo

u kn

ow?

•M

atch

the

wor

dsin

col

umn

A w

ithth

eir

mea

ning

s in

colu

mn

B.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

tulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

19.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'6.

1 M

engu

ng-

kapk

an m

akna

gaga

san

dala

mte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

6.2

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

mte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek: b

irth

day

card

s (k

artu

ula

ngta

hun)

.

1.M

elen

gkap

i kar

tuul

ang

tahu

n de

ngan

kata

-kat

a ya

ngte

rsed

ia.

2.M

enul

is k

artu

ula

ngta

hun

dan

mem

berik

anny

ake

pada

seor

ang

tem

an/

kelu

arga

yan

gbe

rula

ngta

hun.

•M

enul

is b

erba

gai

teks

unt

ukko

mun

ikas

i seh

ari-

hari

sepe

rti k

artu

ulan

g ta

hun

deng

anbe

nar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•C

ompl

ete

the

birt

hday

car

d w

ithth

e w

ords

in th

ebo

x.

•W

rite

a bi

rthd

ayca

rd. T

hen,

giv

e it

to s

omeo

ne y

oulo

ve o

n hi

s/he

rbi

rthd

ay.


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 2

Do

n’t

. . .

!

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VII/

1M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:2

Gen

re:

–S

tan

dar

Ko

mp

eten

si:

Men

den

gar

kan

1.M

emah

ami m

akn

a d

alam

per

caka

pan

tra

nsa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

an li

ng

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

4 4

0'1.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

yang

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

alis

an s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at y

ang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

men

yapa

ora

ngya

ng b

elum

/su

dah

dike

nal,

mem

perk

enal

kan

diri

send

iri/

oran

g la

in,

dan

mem

erin

tah

atau

mel

aran

g.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

t un

gkap

anm

emer

inta

h at

aum

elar

ang.

•A

rtic

les:

a, a

n, th

e.

•In

trod

ucto

ry’th

ere’

.

•C

ardi

nal n

umbe

rs.

•P

repo

sitio

ns.

•H

ow m

any.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

deng

ante

ma

yang

dip

ilih.

•B

erea

ksi a

tau

mer

espo

ns d

enga

nbe

nar

terh

adap

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

erin

tah

atau

mel

aran

g.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

24–3

1.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri un

gkap

anm

emer

inta

h da

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gte

rsed

ia.

2.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri un

gkap

anm

elar

ang

dan

perc

akap

an y

ang

ters

edia

.

3.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gar

ticle

s (a

, an,

the)

.

4.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gin

trod

ucto

ry ”

ther

e”(T

here

is/T

here

are

).

5.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gca

rdin

al n

umbe

rs.

6.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gpr

epos

ition

s.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•R

ead

the

dial

ogan

d un

ders

tand

the

expr

essi

ons.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogan

d un

ders

tand

the

expr

essi

ons.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

unde

rsta

ndth

e bo

ld-t

yped

wor

ds.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogan

d un

ders

tand

the

bold

-typ

edw

ords

.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogan

d un

ders

tand

the

bold

-typ

edw

ord.

•R

ead

the

text

and

unde

rsta

ndth

e ex

plan

atio

n.

12 Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

7.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gka

ta ta

nya

how

man

y.

8.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

tent

ang

mat

eri u

ngka

pan

dala

m u

nit s

ebel

umny

a.

9.M

elen

gkap

i pe

rcak

apan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

10.

Men

cari

mak

na k

ata-

kata

yan

g te

rsed

ia.

11.

Men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nbe

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

pad

ake

giat

an s

ebel

umny

a.

12.

Mel

engk

api k

alim

atbe

rdas

arka

n ka

limat

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru.

13.

Men

jela

skan

art

ika

limat

-kal

imat

pad

ake

giat

an s

ebel

umny

ada

lam

Bah

asa

Indo

nesi

a.

14.

Men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nde

ngan

mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

g te

pat.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

ead

the

dial

ogan

d un

ders

tand

the

bold

-typ

edw

ords

.

•R

emem

ber

Uni

t 1

and

answ

er th

equ

estio

ns b

elow

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e di

alog

s w

hile

you

are

liste

ning

to h

im/h

er.

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

wor

ds o

r ph

rase

sbe

low

.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e di

alog

s in

Task

A.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e se

nten

ces

belo

w b

ased

on

wha

t you

hav

ehe

ard.

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

sent

ence

s in

Tas

kD

in I

ndon

esia

n.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n2.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al p

end

ek s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an t

erd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

35–3

7.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'2.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na t

inda

ktu

tur

yang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

2.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

gag

asan

yang

ter

dapa

tda

lam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

: not

ices

.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait t

ema

yang

dipi

lih.

1.M

enyi

mak

pen

jela

san

guru

tent

ang

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek:

spok

en n

otic

es.

2.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ks t

ulis

fung

sion

al p

ende

k:w

ritte

n no

tices

.

3.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i.

4.M

enyi

mak

gur

u, la

lum

enul

is k

alim

at y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

5.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

ben

ar a

tau

sala

h be

rdas

arka

nka

limat

-kal

imat

pad

ake

giat

an s

ebel

umny

a.

6.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

deng

an m

emili

hja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

tbe

rdas

arka

n te

ks y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

•M

emah

ami d

anm

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kse

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi d

alam

kont

eks

kehi

dupa

nse

hari-

hari.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•D

ikte

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

unde

rsta

nd t

heex

plan

atio

n.

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt a

ndun

ders

tand

the

expl

anat

ion.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

elow

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Writ

edo

wn

his/

her

sent

ence

s.

•Li

sten

to th

ese

nten

ces

in T

ask

A o

nce

agai

n.S

tate

whe

ther

the

stat

emen

ts a

retr

ue (

T)

or fa

lse

(F).

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Cho

ose

A, B

, C o

r D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

an li

ng

kun

gan

terd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

31–3

4.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

4 4

0'3.

1 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l (to

get

thin

gs d

one)

dan

inte

rper

sona

l(b

erso

sial

isas

i)de

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

alis

an s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima.

3.2

Mel

akuk

anin

tera

ksi d

enga

nlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

enya

pa o

rang

yang

bel

um/

suda

h di

kena

l,m

empe

rken

alka

ndi

ri se

ndiri

/ or

ang

lain

, da

nm

emer

inta

hat

au m

elar

ang

.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

lya

ng m

emua

tun

gkap

anm

emer

inta

h da

nm

elar

ang.

1.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

men

ggun

akan

kat

a-ka

ta y

ang

ters

edia

.

2.M

enca

ri m

akna

kat

a-ka

ta y

ang

ters

edia

.

3.M

elen

gkap

i kal

imat

deng

an k

ata-

kata

pada

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

4.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

ben

ar a

tau

sala

h be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

pad

ake

giat

an s

ebel

umny

a.

5.M

enyu

sun

kalim

atac

ak m

enja

dipe

rcak

apan

yan

gte

pat.

6.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

urut

pada

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

7.M

enjo

dohk

an k

alim

atpe

rinta

h de

ngan

gam

bar

yang

tepa

t.

•M

elak

ukan

berb

agai

tin

dak

tutu

r da

lam

wac

ana

lisan

tra

nsak

sion

al/

inte

rper

sona

lse

pert

i:m

engu

ngka

pkan

dan

men

angg

api

ungk

apan

mem

erin

tah

dan

mel

aran

g.

•M

enge

mba

ngka

nw

acan

atr

ansa

ksio

nal/

inte

rper

sona

lpe

ndek

men

jadi

sebu

ah o

brol

anat

au in

tera

ksio

nal

yang

lebi

h pa

njan

g.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Is

ian

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•Is

ian

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•M

enyu

sun

kalim

atac

ak

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•M

enjo

doh-

kan

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

the

corr

ect w

ords

inth

e bo

xes.

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

wor

ds b

elow

.

•C

ompl

ete

the

sent

ence

s w

ithth

e w

ords

in T

ask

B.

•S

tate

whe

ther

the

stat

emen

ts b

elow

are

true

(T

) or

fals

e (F

) ba

sed

onth

e co

mpl

ete

dial

ogs

in T

ask

A.

Cor

rect

the

fals

eon

es.

•R

earr

ange

the

sent

ence

s be

low

into

pro

per

dial

ogs.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e pr

oper

dial

ogs

in T

ask

E.

•R

ead

the

inst

ruct

ions

bel

ow.

Mat

ch th

em w

ithth

e co

rrec

tpi

ctur

es.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

8.M

elak

ukan

tan

yaja

wab

sep

erti

cont

ohya

ng t

erse

dia

deng

anm

engg

unak

an”h

owm

any”

.

9.M

elen

gkap

i kal

imat

men

ggun

akan

artic

les

yang

tepa

t.

10.

Mem

buat

kal

imat

berd

asar

kan

gam

bar

yang

ter

sedi

am

engg

unak

anpr

epos

ition

s ya

ngte

pat.

11.

Sec

ara

berg

antia

nm

embe

ri in

stru

ksi d

anre

spon

s ke

pada

tem

an b

erda

sark

anka

limat

yan

g te

rsed

ia.

12.

Mem

buat

per

caka

pan

berd

asar

kan

situ

asi

yang

ters

edia

.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•A

sk a

nd a

nsw

erqu

estio

ns a

bout

the

thin

gs b

elow

with

you

r fr

iend

s.U

se “

How

man

y”an

d “T

here

is/

The

re a

re”.

See

the

exam

ple.

•C

ompl

ete

the

sent

ence

s w

ith ‘a

’,‘a

n’ o

r ‘th

e’.

•M

ake

sent

ence

sba

sed

on th

epi

ctur

es. U

sepr

oper

prep

ositi

ons.

Num

ber

one

has

been

don

e fo

r yo

u.

•A

sk y

our

frie

ndsi

tting

nex

t to

you

to d

o th

e ac

tions

and

give

resp

onse

s. D

o it

intu

rns.

•In

pai

rs, m

ake

dial

ogs

base

d on

the

situ

atio

nsbe

low

. P

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs

with

your

frie

nd.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a4.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

37–3

8.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1 4

0'4.

1 M

engu

ng-

kapk

an m

akna

tinda

k tu

tur

dala

m te

ksfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

4.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na g

agas

anda

lam

teks

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar, d

anbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

: not

ices

.

1.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

notic

esya

ng te

rsed

ia.

2.M

embu

at n

otic

esbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng te

rsed

ia.

•M

engu

ngka

pkan

mak

na d

alam

teks

tulis

fun

gsio

nal

pend

ek li

san:

notic

es d

enga

nla

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g no

tices

.A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns o

rally

.

•M

ake

notic

esba

sed

on th

esi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.

Rea

d yo

ur n

otic

esal

oud.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

5.M

emah

ami

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

tulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

VIIA

Int

anP

ariw

ara

hal.

38–3

9.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'•

Teks

tulis

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

notic

es.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait

deng

ante

ma

yang

dip

ilih.

1.M

enyu

sun

kata

-kat

aac

ak m

enja

di n

otic

esya

ng te

pat.

2.M

enca

ri m

akna

kat

a-ka

ta y

ang

ters

edia

.

3.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

notic

espa

da k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

4.M

enjo

dohk

an n

otic

ede

ngan

gam

bar

yang

tepa

t.

5.M

enja

wab

soa

l pili

han

gand

a.

•M

emba

ca n

yarin

gse

cara

ber

mak

naw

acan

a es

aipe

ndek

den

gan

lafa

l dan

uca

pan

yang

ben

ar.

•M

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

notic

es d

enga

nbe

nar.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•M

enyu

sun

kata

aca

k

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•M

enjo

doh-

kan

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

earr

ange

the

wor

ds b

elow

into

prop

er n

otic

es.

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

wor

ds b

elow

.Lo

ok u

p yo

urdi

ctio

nary

ifne

eded

.

•W

hat d

oes

each

notic

e in

Tas

k A

mea

n?

•M

atch

eac

h no

tice

belo

w w

ith th

eco

rrec

t pic

ture

.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.

5.1

Mem

baca

nyar

ing

berm

akna

kat

a,fr

asa,

dan

kalim

at d

enga

nuc

apan

,te

kana

n, d

anin

tona

si y

ang

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

5.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

teks

tulis

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

teks

tu

lis f

un

gsi

on

al p

end

ek s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an t

erd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

40.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'6.

1 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

gag

asan

dala

m te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

dang

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

6.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

m te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek: n

otic

es.

1.M

enul

is n

otic

esdi

seki

tar

seko

lah

dan

men

gart

ikan

nya.

2.M

enul

is n

otic

esbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng te

rsed

ia.

•M

enul

is b

erba

gai

teks

unt

ukko

mun

ikas

i seh

ari-

hari

sepe

rti n

otic

esde

ngan

ben

ar d

anbe

rter

ima.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•F

ind

som

e no

tices

in y

our

scho

ol.

Writ

e th

em in

you

rw

orkb

ook

and

find

thei

r m

eani

ngs.

•M

ake

notic

esba

sed

on th

esi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 3

Th

ank

You

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VII/

1M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:3

Gen

re:

–S

tan

dar

Ko

mp

eten

si:

Men

den

gar

kan

1.M

emah

ami

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an t

ran

saks

ion

al d

an i

nte

rper

son

al p

end

ek s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an s

ekit

ar.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

5 4

0'1.

2 M

eres

pons

mak

na d

alam

perc

akap

antr

ansa

ksio

nal

(to

get t

hing

sdo

ne)

dan

inte

rper

sona

l(b

erso

sial

isas

i)ya

ng m

eng-

guna

kan

raga

mba

hasa

lisa

nsa

ngat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

emin

ta d

anm

embe

riin

form

asi,

men

gu

cap

kan

teri

ma

kasi

h,

mem

inta

maa

f,da

n m

eng-

ungk

apka

nke

sant

unan

.

•P

erca

kapa

ntr

ansa

ksio

nal d

anin

terp

erso

nal

yang

mem

uat

ungk

apan

:m

engu

capk

ante

rima

kasi

h da

nm

emin

ta m

aaf.

•V

erbs

: Hav

e/H

as.

•O

bjec

t pr

onou

ns.

•O

rdin

al n

umbe

rsse

baga

i sub

jek

dan

obje

k.

•D

ays,

mon

ths,

year

s.

•M

eres

pons

den

gan

bena

r un

gkap

anm

engu

capk

ante

rima

kasi

h da

nm

emin

ta m

aaf.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

44–5

1.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

1.M

emba

ca p

erca

kapa

n,la

lu m

emah

ami

penj

elas

an t

enta

ngun

gkap

an b

erte

rima

kasi

h.

2.M

emba

ca p

erca

kapa

n,la

lu m

emah

ami

penj

elas

an t

enta

ngun

gkap

an m

emin

tam

aaf.

3.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gve

rb: h

ave/

has.

4.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gob

ject

pro

noun

s.

5.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gor

dina

l num

bers

.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

stud

y th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

stud

y th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

unde

rsta

ndth

e bo

ld-t

yped

wor

ds.

•S

tudy

the

expl

anat

ion

and

read

the

sent

ence

s.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure

and

read

the

sent

ence

s.P

ay a

ttent

ion

toth

e bo

ld-t

yped

wor

ds.

20 Silabus Unit 3 Thank You

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

6.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ntan

gda

ys, m

onth

s, d

anye

ars.

7.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

aper

seps

i.

8.M

emba

ca d

anbe

rmai

n pe

ran

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

dibe

rikan

.

9.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an d

ike

giat

an s

ebel

umny

a.

10.

Mel

engk

api

perc

akap

anbe

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

11.

Men

yim

ak k

alim

atya

ng d

ibac

akan

gur

u,la

lu m

eres

pons

nya

deng

an u

ngka

pan

yang

ses

uai.

12.

Men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nde

ngan

mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

g te

pat.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Le

t’s s

tudy

day

s,m

onth

s an

d ye

ars.

Rea

d th

e w

ords

belo

w w

ith p

rope

rpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•R

ead

and

prac

tice

the

dial

ogs.

•Yo

ur t

each

er w

illas

k yo

u so

me

ques

tions

abo

utth

e di

alog

s in

Tas

kA

. Ans

wer

his

/her

ques

tions

ora

lly.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

belo

ww

hile

list

enin

g to

your

tea

cher

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

give

suita

ble

resp

onse

s.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

choo

se A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

13.

Men

deng

arka

nka

limat

-kal

imat

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

, la

lum

enul

iska

nnya

di

buku

.14

.M

emba

ca k

alim

at-

kalim

at it

u de

ngan

nyar

ing.

15.

Men

jela

skan

art

i kat

a-ka

ta y

ang

dise

diak

an.

16.

Mem

buat

kal

imat

men

ggun

akan

kat

a-ka

ta t

erse

but.

17.

Mem

baca

kal

imat

-ka

limat

yan

gdi

sedi

akan

dan

men

entu

kan

bena

r/sa

lah,

ser

tam

engg

aris

baw

ahi

kata

yang

dim

aksu

d.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•D

ikte

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•U

raia

n

•Id

entif

ikas

i

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

writ

edo

wn

his/

her

sent

ence

s. R

ead

your

wor

k al

oud.

•F

ind

the

mea

ning

s of

the

follo

win

g w

ords

.T

hen,

mak

ese

nten

ces

usin

gth

e w

ords

.

•D

oes

each

sent

ence

hav

eth

e co

rrec

tpr

onou

n?C

orre

ct th

ein

corr

ect o

ne(s

).U

nder

line

the

pron

ouns

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n2.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al p

end

ek s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an t

erd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

57–5

8.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'2.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na t

inda

ktu

tur

yang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

2.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

gaga

san

yang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

•Te

ks f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

: spo

ken

mes

sage

san

dgr

atitu

de c

ards

.

1.M

enyi

mak

pen

jela

san

guru

tent

ang

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

spok

en m

essa

ges.

2.M

emba

ca d

anm

empe

laja

ri te

ks t

ulis

fung

sion

al p

ende

k:gr

atitu

de c

ards

.

3.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

teks

lisa

nbe

rben

tuk

pesa

nsi

ngka

t.

4.M

enyi

mak

pes

an li

san

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru,

lalu

men

jaw

abpe

rtan

yaan

-pe

rtan

yaan

yan

g ad

a.

5.M

enyi

mak

pes

an li

san

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru,

lalu

men

ulis

kal

imat

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru.

6.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

dia

juka

n gu

ruse

cara

lisa

n be

rdas

ar-

kan

teks

lisa

nbe

rben

tuk

pesa

nsi

ngka

t.

•M

emah

ami d

anm

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kse

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi d

alam

kont

eks

kehi

dupa

nse

hari-

hari.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•D

ikte

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Stu

dy th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•R

ead

and

unde

rsta

nd t

hete

xt.

•R

ead

the

text

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

elow

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Writ

edo

wn

the

mes

sage

.

•Yo

ur t

each

er w

illas

k yo

u so

me

ques

tions

abo

utth

e m

essa

ge in

Task

B. A

nsw

erth

e qu

estio

nsor

ally

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi d

eng

an li

ng

kun

gan

terd

ekat

.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

51–5

6.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

6 4

0'3.

2 M

eng-

ungk

apka

nm

akna

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

yan

gm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

emin

ta d

anm

embe

riin

form

asi,

men

gu

cap

kan

teri

ma

kasi

h,

mem

inta

maa

f, da

nm

eng-

ungk

apka

nke

sant

unan

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

t un

gkap

anm

engu

capk

ante

rima

kasi

h,m

emin

ta m

aaf.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait t

ema

yang

dipi

lih.

1.M

elak

ukan

perc

akap

an b

ersa

ma

tem

an s

ecar

abe

rgan

tian.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an d

ike

giat

an s

ebel

umny

a.

3.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

men

ggun

akan

kat

a-ka

ta y

ang

ters

edia

.

4.M

enyu

sun

kalim

at-

kalim

at y

ang

disu

sun

acak

men

jadi

perc

akap

an y

ang

padu

.

5.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng t

erse

dia,

lalu

mem

pera

gaka

nnya

.

6.M

enga

mat

i gam

bar

dan

mem

baca

kat

a-ka

ta d

i baw

ahny

a.

7.M

elak

ukan

tan

yaja

wab

sep

erti

cont

ohya

ng te

rsed

ia.

•M

elak

ukan

berb

agai

tin

dak

tutu

r da

lam

wac

ana

lisan

tra

nsak

sion

al/

inte

rper

sona

lse

pert

i:m

engu

ngka

pkan

dan

men

angg

api

ungk

apan

ber

terim

aka

sih

dan

mem

inta

maa

f.

•M

enge

mba

ngka

nw

acan

atr

ansa

ksio

nal/

inte

rper

sona

lpe

ndek

men

jadi

sebu

ah o

brol

anat

au in

tera

ksio

nal

yang

lebi

h pa

njan

g.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•M

enyu

sun

kalim

atac

ak

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•D

afta

r ka

ta

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•P

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs

with

you

rfr

iend

. Do

it in

turn

s.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e di

alog

s in

Task

A.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

the

suita

ble

wor

ds in

the

boxe

s.P

ract

ice

them

with

you

r fr

iend

s.

•R

earr

ange

the

sent

ence

s in

togo

od d

ialo

gs.

Pra

ctic

e th

emw

ith y

our

frie

nd(s

).

•W

ork

in p

airs

.M

ake

dial

ogs

base

d on

the

situ

atio

ns b

elow

.P

ract

ice

them

with

you

r pa

rtne

r.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ures

and

rea

dth

e w

ords

.

•A

sk a

nd a

nsw

erqu

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e pi

ctur

es in

Task

F. U

se th

eve

rb h

ave/

has.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

8.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

ben

arat

au s

alah

.

9.M

elen

gkap

i kal

imat

men

ggun

akan

verb

have

/has

den

gan

tepa

t.

10.

Mem

baca

dan

mem

aham

i kal

imat

-ka

limat

yan

gm

engg

unak

anob

ject

pron

ouns

.

11.

Mel

engk

api k

alim

atm

engg

unak

anpr

onou

nsya

ngte

rsed

ia d

enga

n te

pat.

12.

Mel

engk

api

perc

akap

anm

engg

unak

anpr

onou

nsya

ng te

pat.

13.

Ber

mai

n pe

ran

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

tela

h pa

du d

i keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on te

s

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Id

entif

ikas

i

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•Is

ian

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•D

o al

l the

sent

ence

s us

eth

e ve

rb ‘h

ave/

has’

cor

rect

ly?

Cor

rect

the

inco

rrec

t on

es.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

the

corr

ect f

orm

s of

the

verb

‘hav

e’.

Pra

ctic

e th

emw

ith y

our

frie

nd.

•R

ead

and

unde

rsta

nd t

hese

nten

ces

belo

w.

Pay

atte

ntio

n to

the

bold

type

dw

ords

.

•C

hoos

e th

eco

rrec

t pr

onou

nsin

bra

cket

s to

com

plet

e th

ese

nten

ces.

Rea

d yo

ur w

ork

with

pro

per

pron

unci

atio

n.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

og b

elow

with

corr

ect

pron

ouns

.

•P

ract

ice

the

dial

og in

Tas

k L

with

you

r fr

iend

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

14.

Mel

akuk

an p

rakt

ikbe

rbic

ara

berd

asar

kan

situ

asi k

elas

yan

gse

sung

guhn

yam

engg

unak

anor

dina

lnu

mbe

rs.

15.

Mel

akuk

an t

anya

jaw

ab b

ersa

ma

tem

anbe

rdas

arka

n ja

dwal

pike

t kel

as.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Te

ll th

e cl

ass

whe

re y

ou a

ndyo

ur fr

iend

s si

t.U

se o

rdin

alnu

mbe

rs. S

eeth

e ex

ampl

e.

•A

sk a

nd a

nsw

erqu

estio

ns a

bout

your

dut

y ro

oste

ran

d th

e sc

hedu

le.

See

the

exa

mpl

e.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a4.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

san

gat

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

58–5

9.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'4.

1. M

engu

ng-

kapk

an m

akna

tinda

k tu

tur

dala

m t

eks

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

san

gat

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

4.2.

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

naga

gasa

n da

lam

teks

fun

gsio

nal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

pesa

nlis

an.

1.M

enya

mpa

ikan

pes

anlis

an d

enga

n pe

lafa

lan

yang

ben

ar.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

k pe

san

lisan

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

3.M

embu

at p

esan

lisa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng te

rsed

ia.

•M

engu

ngka

pkan

mak

na d

alam

teks

lisan

fun

gsio

nal

pend

ek b

erbe

ntuk

pesa

n lis

an.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

n

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•S

ay th

em

essa

ges

belo

ww

ith p

rope

rpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

elow

base

d on

the

mes

sage

s in

Task

A.

•M

ake

spok

enm

essa

ges

base

don

the

situ

atio

nsbe

low

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

5.M

emah

ami

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

tulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

59.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1 4

0'5.

1 M

emba

cany

arin

gbe

rmak

naka

ta, f

rasa

, dan

kalim

at d

enga

nuc

apan

,te

kana

n da

nin

tona

si y

ang

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

terd

ekat

.

5.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

teks

tulis

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks te

rtul

isfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

kgr

atitu

de c

ards

.

1.M

emba

ca d

anm

emah

ami t

eks

yang

ada.

2.M

enja

wab

soa

l pili

han

gand

a.

•M

emba

ca n

yarin

gbe

rbag

ai t

eks

deng

an u

capa

n,te

kana

n, d

anin

tona

si y

ang

bena

r, la

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

eres

pons

mak

na/

gaga

san

dala

m t

eks

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

grat

itude

card

s.

•Te

s tu

lis•

Pili

han

gand

a•

Rea

d th

e te

xts

and

choo

se A

, B,

C o

r D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

teks

tu

lis f

un

gsi

on

al p

end

ek s

ang

at s

eder

han

a u

ntu

k b

erin

tera

ksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an t

erd

ekat

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

60.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1 4

0'6.

1 M

engu

ng-

kapk

an m

akna

gaga

san

dala

mte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

dang

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

6.2

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

mte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek s

anga

tse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nte

rdek

at.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

beru

pa g

ratit

ude

card

s.

1.M

embu

at g

ratit

ude

card

sbe

rdas

arka

nsi

tuas

i yan

g te

lah

dibe

rikan

.2.

Mem

baca

kan

grat

itude

card

sya

ng d

ibua

tnya

di k

elas

.

•M

embu

at b

erba

gai

grat

itude

car

dsde

ngan

ben

ar d

anbe

rter

ima.

•Te

s tu

lis•

Ura

ian

•M

ake

grat

itude

card

s ba

sed

onth

e si

tuat

ions

belo

w. R

ead

your

wor

k w

ith p

rope

rpr

onun

ciat

ion.


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 4 W

hat d

o Y

ou

D

o?

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/M

Ts . . .

Ke

la

s/S

em

es

te

r:

VII/1

Mata P

elajaran

:B

ah

asa In

gg

ris

Un

it

:4

Ge

nre

:–

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

1.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

p

ercakap

an

tran

saksio

nal d

an

in

terp

erso

nal san

gat sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

eka

t.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

8

40'

1.2 M

erespon

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

yang m

eng-

gunakan ragam

bahasa lisan

sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

in

ta d

an

me

mb

eri

in

fo

rm

asi,

mengucapkan

terim

a kasih,

mem

inta m

aaf,

dan m

en

g-

un

gkap

kan

kesan

tu

nan

.

•P

ercakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

mem

uat ungkapan

mem

inta dan

mem

beri inform

asi

serta ungkapan

kesantunan.

•P

ossessive

adjectives.

•T

he sim

ple

present tense:

show

ing daily

routines.

•Telling tim

e.

•K

inds of

professions.

•M

erespons

berbagai

percakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

mem

uat ungkapan

mem

inta dan

mem

beri inform

asi

serta ungkapan

kesantunan.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 64–75.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1.

Mem

baca percakapan

lalu m

em

aham

i

penjelasan tentang

ungkapan m

em

inta

dan m

em

beri

inform

asi.

2.

Mem

baca percakapan

dan m

em

pelajari

ungkapan kesopanan.

3.

Me

mp

ela

ja

ri

penggunaan

possessive adjectives.

4.

Mem

pelajari the

sim

ple present tense

untuk m

engungkapkan

kegiatan rutin sehari-

ha

ri.

5.

Mem

pelajari m

ateri

tentang penyebutan

waktu (pukul) dan

mem

baca contoh-

contohnya.

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•R

ead the dialogs

and understand

the expressions.

•R

ead the dialogs

and understand

the expressions.

•R

ead the

sentences and

understand the

bold-typed

words.

•R

ead the

sentences and

study the

explanation.

•S

tudy how

to tell

tim

e.

30 Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

6.

Mem

pelajari kosakata

tentang berbagai jenis

pekerjaan.

7.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

apersepsi berkaitan

dengan unit

sebelum

nya (U

nit 3).

8.

Mendengarkan dan

me

niru

ka

n

percakapan yang

dibacakan guru.

9.

Mem

baca percakapan

di kegiatan

sebelum

nya dan

secara lisan

menjaw

ab pertanyaan

yang dibacakan guru.

10.

Melengkapi

percakapan sesuai

dengan percakapan

utuh yang dibacakan

gu

ru

.

11.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i

percakapan-

percakapan yang ada.

12.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

secara lisan.

13.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

yang dikem

ukakan

guru secara lisan

berdasarkan data

sisw

a sendiri.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•U

raian

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•R

ead and study

the dialog.

Look at the

pictures and

rem

em

ber the

words.

•R

em

em

ber U

nit 3

and answ

er the

questions below

.

•Listen to your

teacher and

repeat after him

/

her.

•Y

our teacher w

ill

ask you som

e

questions based

on the dialogs in

Task A

. A

nsw

er

the questions

orally.

•Listen to your

teacher. C

om

plete

the dialogs w

ith

the sentences you

have heard.

•R

ead the dialogs

below

. Y

our

teacher w

ill ask

som

e questions

about them

.

Answ

er the

questions orally.

•Listen to your

teacher. A

nsw

er

his/her questions

based on your

ow

n data.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•Listen to your

teacher. W

rite

dow

n the

sentences you

have heard.

•R

ead the

sentences in Task

F. U

nderline the

subjects and

circle the verbs.

•Listen to your

teacher. M

atch

the sentences

you’ve heard w

ith

the suitable

pictures. F

ill in the

sentence num

ber

in each box near

the correct

picture.

•Y

our teacher w

ill

ask you som

e

questions about

the sentences in

Task H

. A

nsw

er

them

orally.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

rite the

sentences you

have heard in

your book.

•R

ead the

sentences you

have w

ritten in

Task J. D

raw

the

correct pointers on

the clock pictures.

•D

ikte

•Identifikasi

•M

enjodoh-

kan

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•D

ikte

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

14.

Menulis kalim

at-

kalim

at yang

dibacakan guru.

15.

Mem

baca kalim

at

yang m

erupakan

jaw

aban tugas

sebelum

nya, lalu

menggarisbaw

ahi

subjek serta kata

kerjanya.

16.

Menjodohkan kalim

at-

kalim

at yang

dibacakan guru

dengan gam

bar yang

sesuai dengan cara

menuliskan nom

or

kalim

at yang

dibacakan pada

gam

bar yang sesuai.

17.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

guru secara lisan

berdasarkan kalim

at-

kalim

at yang

merupakan jaw

aban di

tugas sebelum

nya.

18.

Menulis kalim

at-

kalim

at yang

dibacakan guru.

19.

Menggam

bar jarum

pada gam

bar jam

yang

telah disediakan

sesuai dengan kalim

at-

kalim

at yang ditulis di

tugas sebelum

nya.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

20.

Menyim

ak teks

pendek yang

dibacakan guru, lalu

menulisnya di buku

tugas.

21.

Menentukan benar/

salah suatu

pernyataan

berdasarkan teks di

tugas sebelum

nya.

22.

Melengkapi sebuah

teks sesuai dengan

teks utuh yang

dibacakan guru.

23.

Mengisi tabel sesuai

dengan inform

asi yang

terdapat di tugas

sebelum

nya.

24.

Mengerjakan soal

pilihan ganda

berdasarkan teks di

tugas sebelum

nya.

25.

Mem

baca nyaring

sebuah teks,

kem

udian

mendengarkan satu

per satu pertanyaan

yang dibacakan guru.

26.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan

teks.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•D

ikte

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•Isian

•Isian

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•Listen to your

teacher. W

rite the

text you have

heard.

•R

ead the text you

have w

ritten in

Task L. D

ecide

whether the

statem

ents are

true (T

) or false

(F

).

•Listen to your

teacher. C

om

plete

the text based on

what you have

heard.

•R

ead the

com

plete text in

Task N

. F

ill in the

table based on

the text.

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

,

or D

for the

correct answ

er

based on the text

in Task N

.

•R

ead the text

aloud. Listen to

your teacher’s

questions.

Choose A

, B

, C

,

or D

for the

correct answ

er.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

2.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

teks lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal p

en

dek san

gat sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

ekat.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 81–82.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'

2.1 M

erespon

makna tindak

tutur yang

terdapat dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat.

2.2 M

erespon

makna

gagasan yang

terdapat dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat.

•Teks lisan

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: notice

.

•K

osakata yang

terkait dengan

tem

a yang dipilih.

1.

Mem

baca percakapan

singkat yang berisi

contoh spoken notices

dan m

em

aham

i

penjelasannya.

2.

Mem

baca teks tentang

surat (letter) dan

mem

aham

i

penjelasannya.

3.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

apersepsi.

4.

Menjodohkan notice

yang dibacakan guru

dengan gam

bar yang

tepat.

5.

Menulis notices yang

dibacakan guru.

6.

Menentukan tem

pat

notice yang dibacakan

oleh guru seringkali

terdengar.

•M

engidentifikasi

dan m

erespons

makna dalam

teks

fungsional pendek

lisan berbentuk

spoken notices.

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•M

enjodoh-

kan

•D

ikte

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•R

ead the

sentences and

understand the

explanation.

•R

ead the text and

understand the

explanation.

•A

nsw

er the

follow

ing

questions.

•Listen to your

teacher. M

atch

what you have

heard w

ith the

suitable

sentences.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

rite

dow

n the

sentences you

have heard.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

here do

you probably hear

the spoken

notices you have

heard?


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

3.

Me

ng

un

gk

ap

ka

n m

ak

na

d

ala

m p

erc

ak

ap

an

tra

ns

ak

sio

na

l d

an

in

te

rp

ers

on

al s

an

ga

t s

ed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

te

ra

ks

i d

en

ga

n lin

gk

un

ga

n

te

rd

ek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 75–80.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

6

40'

3.1 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a.

3.3 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat yang

melibatkan

•P

ercakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

mem

uat ungkapan

mem

inta dan

mem

beri inform

asi

serta ungkapan

kesantunan.

•K

osakata yang

terkait dengan

tem

a yang dipilih.

1.

Mem

baca nyaring

percakapan dan

mem

praktikannya

dengan tem

an.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

secara lisan

berdasarkan

percakapan di

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

3.

Menyusun kalim

at-

kalim

at acak m

enjadi

percakapan yang urut.

4.

Mem

praktikkan

percakapan yang telah

urut bersam

a seorang

tem

an.

5.

Menggarisbaw

ahi

possessive adjectives

yang terdapat dalam

percakapan-

percakapan di tugas

sebelum

nya.

6.

Mem

buat kalim

at

menggunakan

possessive adjectives.

7.

Mem

buat percakapan

berdasarkan petunjuk

yang tersedia dan

mem

praktikannya di

depan kelas.

•M

elakukan

percakapan dalam

wacana lisan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

melibatkan tindak

tutur m

em

inta dan

mem

beri inform

asi

serta ungkapan

kesantunan.

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

acak

•U

njuk kerja

•Identifikasi

•U

raian

•U

njuk kerja

•R

ead the dialogs

aloud. P

ractice

them

w

ith your

frie

nd

.

•A

nsw

er the

follow

ing

questions based

on the dialogs in

Task A

orally.

•R

earrange the

sentences into

proper dialogs.

Practice the

proper dialogs

with your friend.

•F

ind possessive

adjectives in the

dialogs in Task C

.

Underline them

.

•M

ake five

sentences using

possessive

adjectives.

•C

reate dialogs

based on the

follow

ing clues.

Practice the

dialogs in front of

the class.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

tindak tutur:

mem

in

ta d

an

me

mb

eri

in

fo

rm

asi,

mengucapkan

terim

a kasih,

mem

inta m

aaf,

dan m

en

g-

un

gkap

kan

kesan

tu

nan

.

8.

Secara berpasangan

mem

buat percakapan

berdasarkan situasi

yang tersedia dan

mem

praktikannya di

depan kelas.

9.

Menggam

bar jarum

jam

pada gam

bar jam

yang tersedia

berdasarkan

percakapan,

kem

udian

mem

praktikkan

percakapan tersebut.

10.

Menyusun kata-kata

acak m

enjadi kalim

at

yang baik dan

menulisnya di buku.

11.

Melakukan kegiatan

tanya jaw

ab tentang

kegiatan sehari-hari

secara berpasangan.

12.

Menulis inform

asi

yang diperoleh dan

menceritakannya di

depan kelas.

13.

Menceritakan gam

bar

seperti contoh secara

lisan.

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•M

enyusun

kata acak

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•In pairs, create

dialogs based on

the situations.

Practice the

dialogs in front of

the class.

•D

raw

pointers on

the clock pictures

based on the

dialogs. P

ractice

the dialogs w

ith

a friend.

•R

earrange the

jum

bled w

ords to

make correct

sentences. R

ead

your w

ork aloud.

•D

o the activities.

•W

hat pictures are

they? Tell your

friends. N

um

ber

one has been

done for you.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

14.

Mengisi tabel dengan

kegiatan sehari-hari

sebelum

berangkat

sekolah, kem

udian

mem

buat paragraf

berdasarkan tabel

tersebut.

15.

Menceritakan

kegiatannya di depan

kelas.

•F

ill in the table

with your

activities before

going to school.

Make a

paragraph based

on it. Tell your

friends about it.

Stan

dar K

om

pete

ns

i:

Be

rb

ic

ara

4.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal p

en

dek san

gat sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

ekat.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 82–83.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

4.1 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna tindak

tutur dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat.

•Teks lisan

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: notice.

1.

Mem

buat spoken

notices berdasarkan

situasi tertentu,

kem

udian

menyam

paikannya di

depan kelas.

2.

Mem

baca spoken

notices dengan nyaring

dengan pelafalan yang

benar.

3.

Menceritakan isi/

maksud tiap-tiap notice

kepada tem

an di kelas.

•M

engungkapkan

gagasan berupa

spoken notices

dengan lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•U

raian

•U

raian

•C

reate spoken

notices based on

the situations. Tell

them

in front of

the class.

•R

ead the spoken

notices w

ith

proper

pronunciation. Tell

your friends w

hat

they are about.

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•U

njuk kerja


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

4.2 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna

gagasan dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Mem

baca

5.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal p

en

dek san

gat sed

erh

an

a yan

g b

erkaitan

d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

ekat.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 83–84.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'

5.1 M

em

baca

nyaring

berm

akna kata,

frasa, dan

kalim

at dengan

ucapan,

tekanan dan

intonasi yang

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat.

5.2 M

erespon

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar dan

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat.

•Teks fungsional

pendek berbentuk:

surat (letter).

•K

osakata yang

terkait dengan

tem

a yang dipilih.

1.

Mem

baca nyaring surat

dengan dengan

pelafalan yang benar.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan surat di

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

3.

Mengerjakan soal

pilihan ganda

berdasarkan surat yang

tersedia.

•M

em

baca nyaring

berbagai teks

dengan lafal,

tekanan, dan

intonasi yang benar

dan berterim

a.

•M

engidentifikasi

inform

asi/gagasan

dalam

teks

fungsional pendek

berupa surat

(le

tte

r).

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•M

em

baca

nyaring

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•R

ead the letter

with proper

pronunciation and

intonation.

•A

nsw

er the

questions based

on the letter in

Task A

.

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

or

D for the correct

answ

er.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Men

ulis

6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal p

en

dek san

gat sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

ekat.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 84.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

6.1 M

eng-

ungkapkan

makna

gagasan dalam

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

terdekat

•Teks fungsional

pendek berbentuk:

surat (letter).

Menulis surat yang

menceritakan kegiatan

sehari-hari kepada

seorang tem

an.

•M

enulis teks

fungsional

sederhana dalam

bentuk surat (letter).

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

•W

rite a letter to

your friend. Tell

about your daily

activities.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

6.2 M

eng-

ungkapkan

langkah

retorika dalam

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek sangat

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

terdekat.


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. greet and part,2. introduce yourself and other

people,3. create short functional texts

(spoken messages),4. write short functional texts

(birthday cards),5. use is, am, are, this/that,

these/those, and6. mention parts of the body,

human physical appearancesand family memberscorrectly.

When you meet someone for the first time, what do you usuallydo? Do you introduce yourself? If you do, how do you do it? Neverworries how you do it. In this unit you will learn kinds of expressionsand examples of introducing yourself. You will also learn how tointroduce someone to another. Further, this unit also explains someexpressions to greet and part. Well, let’s learn more about them.

42 UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana

1.1 Expressions

Greeting and Parting

Pay attention to the expressions used in the dialogs. In dialog 1, there are the expressions togreet someone and to respond to it. In dialog 2, there are the expressions to part withsomeone and to respond to it.

Here are some expressions you can use to greet people and part.

Greeting

Morning!Hello!Hi, Eva! How are you?Hi, there!Good morning/afternoon/evening.

Parting

Goodbye.Good night.Bye!See you (soon/later/tomorrow).Cheerio!

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

Good morning,Sir. Good morning.

See youon Monday.

See you.

You say “Good morning/Morning (Selamat pagi/Pagi).” at 12 midnight up to 12 noon.You say “Good afternoon/Afternoon (Selamat siang/Siang)” at 12:01 p.m. up to 6 p.m.You say “Good evening/Evening (Selamat sore/Sore)” at 6:01 p.m. up to 9 p.m.You say “Good night (Selamat malam)” when you want to leave other people at night, such asyou want to go to sleep or you leave someone’s house.

1 2



Introducing Yourself

Hello! My name is Eka.Hi! I’m Eka Septian.I’m Ratnawati Siregar. You can call meRatna.

Introducing Other People

Do you know each other? Erwan-Bagus.Raka, meet Era.Oh, look, here’s Raka! Raka-Era. Era-Raka.Raka, this is Era. Era, this is Raka.

Introducing Yourself and Other People

Hello, my name is Silvana Larasati.You can call me Silvana.

Eka : Hi, Bagus.Bagus : Hi, Eka.Eka : By the way, have you met each other?Bagus : Not yet.Eka : Well, Bagus, this is Puput, my cousin.

Puput, this is Bagus.Bagus : Hello, Puput. Nice to meet you.Puput : Hello, Bagus. Nice to meet you too.

Dialog 1 is the example of introducing oneself and dialog 2 is the example of introducingsomeone to another.Here are some expressions you can use to introduce ourselves and other people.

Asking for and Giving Information

What’s your name?What is your complete name?Where do you live?What is your favorite food?Do you like singing?Where do you come from?

Responding

My name’s Silvana./I am Silvana.Silvana Larasati.I live at Jalan Majapahit 12.I like fried rice.No, I don’t.I come from Madura.

1 2

After knowing each other, you can make the conversation longer by asking for and givinginformation. Here are some expressions.


Grammar Section

To be: is, am, are

Read the sentences.Pay attention to the bold-typed words.

Hello, I am Edgar. He isEdwin, my brother. We are

students.

The bold typed words are to be. We use to be to name people or things, describe or givemore information about them.

Study the words in the table.

Subject

I

He

Alan

It

We

They

Edgar and I

Be

am

is

is

is

are

are

are

Noun

Rina.

my brother.

the winner.

a sharpener.

students.

our teachers.

brothers.

This, That, These, Those

Read the sentences.Pay attention to the bold-typed words.

Patterns:

This/That + is + singular noun

These/Those + are + plural nouns


A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5.

Good morning,Ma’am.

Nice to meetyou.

I’m fine,thank you.

See youtomorrow.

Goodbye.

Answer the following questions.

1. When you meet your teacher in the morning, what will you say?Jawaban: I will say, “Good morning.”

2. When you want to part with your friend, what will you say?Jawaban: I will say, “Goodbye.”

You use this to refer to a person or thing that is close to you. If you refer to more than oneperson/thing, you use these.You use that to refer to a person or thing that is far from us. If you refer to more than oneperson/thing, you use those.

Examples:

That is my sister. I bought these orangesin the market.

1. This is my school.2. This is my book.3. That is my teacher.4. That is the teacher room.

1. These are the classrooms.2. These are my books.3. Those are my teachers.4. Are those the library and the laboratory?


Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat membacakan kalimat-kalimat berikut.1. Hello! 2. Hi!3. Good morning. 4. Glad to see you again!5. Nice to meet you. 6. How are you today?7. I’m fine, thank you. 8. See you tomorrow.9. Bye-bye. 10. Take care.

B. Listen to your teacher.Repeat after him/her.Then, read the dialogs aloud with a friend.

Dialog 1Ika : Hello, my name is Ika.Nia : Hello, Ika. I am Nia.Ika : Where are you from, Nia?Nia : I am from Madura. And you?Ika : I am from Surabaya.

Dialog 2Arya : Are you a new student?Dinda : Yes, I am.Arya : Welcome to this school. My name is Arya. What is your name?Dinda : My name is Dinda. I am in Class VIIA.Arya : So we are in the same class. I am in Class VIIA too.

Dialog 3Tito : Good morning, Ma’am.Mrs. Arwan : Good morning, Tito. Nice weather, isn’t it?Tito : It is.Mrs. Arwan : By the way, my bus is coming. See you again, Tito.Tito : See you, Ma’am.

Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat membacakan percakapan-percakapan berikut.1. Denia and her mother are in a supermarket now. She meets her biology teacher, Ms. Endang.

Denia : Good afternoon, Ma’am.Ms. Endang : Good afternoon, Nia. Shopping, right?Denia : No. We are just doing some window shopping. Ma’am, please meet my

mother, Rianti. Mom, please meet Ms. Endang, my biology teacher.Ms. Rianti : How do you do?Ms. Endang : How do you do?

2. Andika is going home. He usually goes home by bus. He’s waiting a bus at the bus stationnow. There is a girl sitting beside him.Andika : Hi, I’m Andika. May I know your name?Dewi : Hi, Andika. I’m Dewi.Andika : Going home?Dewi : Yeah.


C. Read the dialogs in Task B once again.Then, answer the questions.

Dialog 11. Where is Ika from?

Jawaban: Surabaya.2. How does Ika introduce herself?

Jawaban: By saying, “Hello, my name is Ika.”

Dialog 21. Who is the new student?

Jawaban: Dinda is.2. Are Dinda and Arya in the same class?

Jawaban: Yes, they are.3. In what class are they?

Jawaban: Class VIIA.

Dialog 31. How does Tito greet Mrs. Arwan?

Jawaban: By saying, “Good morning, Mrs. Arwan.”2. In your opinion, where are they?

Jawaban: In a bus stop.3. How does Mrs. Arwan show her leave-taking?

Jawaban: By saying, “See you again, Tito.”

D. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs below based on what you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Dialog 1While Ms. Ria is still teaching, the bell rings.Ms. Ria : Well, students, (1) that’s all for today. See you next Monday in the language laboratory.Students : O.K., Ma’am. (2) Thank you for the lesson.Teacher : You’re welcome. Bye.Students : Bye, Ma’am.Teacher : (3) Take care.Students : You too, thank you.

Dialog 2Dian : Hi! My name is Dian.Utami : Hi! My name is Utami.Dian : (4) You are the new neighbor, right?Utami : Yes, I am. I just moved here last week.Dian : (5) Welcome to the neighborhood. Well, nice to meet you, but I have to go to the

bookstore. See you.Utami : O.K. See you!

Andika : Are you the student of SMP 1?Dewi : Yes, I am.Andika : I’m the student of SMP 1 too. I’m in Class VIIA.Dewi : Are you? I’m in Class VIIC.Andika : Nice to meet you.Dewi : Nice to meet you.


Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Dialog 1Arman : Hi, Linda!Linda : Hi, Arman! How are you?Arman : I’m fine. Well, let me introduce my cousin, Hadi. (1) Hadi, this is Linda, my classmate.Linda : Nice to meet you, Hadi.Hadi : (2) Nice to meet you too, Linda.

Dialog 2Agung meets his friend Gilang. He greets him.Agung : Hi, Lang!Gilang : Hi, Gung!Agung : (3) How are things?Gilang : Very well, thanks. And you?Agung : (4) Me too, thanks. By the way, we’re going cycling. Why don’t you join?Gilang : It would be great! (5) Thanks.

Dialog 3The students of Class VIIC are learning English happily. But then, the bell rings.Riiiiing . . . . Riiiiing . . . .Teacher : Well, students. That’s all for today.Students : O.K., Ma’am.Teacher : (6) See you next Wednesday. Bye.Students : See you, Ma’am. Bye.Teacher : (7) Take care.Students : Thank you.

Dialog 4Mr. Hartawan is introducing Mr. Kartiko, his boss, to his brother, Mr. Purwanto.Mr. Hartawan : Hello, Mr. Kartiko. How are you?Mr. Kartiko : Hello, Mr. Hartawan. (8) Everything is fine. I hope you are well too.Mr. Hartawan : Yeah, thanks. By the way, (9) please meet Purwanto, my brother. Pur, this is

Mr. Kartiko my boss.Mr. Purwanto : (10) Good to see you.Mr. Kartiko : Good to see you too, Sir.

E. Practice the dialogs in Task D with your friend.


Variasi:Sebelum siswa mempraktikkan percakapan, guru dapat memberi soal-soal sebagai berikut.

A. Choose A, B, C, D for the correctanswer.

1. You meet your teacher at the front gatein the morning. You say, “________.”A. Good evening, Ma’amB. GoodbyeC. Good morning, Ma’amD. Take careJawaban: CBertemu guru pada pagi hari, salamyang paling tepat diucapkan adalah”Good morning, Ma’am.”.

2. The bell rings. It begins the school day.You say, “________.” to your teacher.A. Good night, SirB. Have a nice day, SirC. Glad to see you hereD. Good morning, SirJawaban: DKetika kelas akan dimulai, beri salamkepada guru dengan ucapan ”Goodmorning, Sir.”.

3. It’s 9 p.m. You want to go to bed. Yousay, “________” to your parents.A. Good evening, Mom, Dad.B. Good night, Mom, Dad.C. See you tomorrow, Mom, Dad.D. Bye, Mom, Dad.

Jawaban: BPada malam hari ketika kamu akantidur, biasakan ucapkan ”Good night,Mom-Dad.”.

4. Riani : Amir, this is Novita, myneighbor. Novi, this is Amir, myclassmate.

Novi : Hello, Amir.Amir : ________A. Hello, Novi.B. See you.C. How are you?D. I’m fine, thanks.Jawaban: ARespons yang sesuai atas sapaan”Hello” adalah ”Hello” pula.

5. Mr. Anang : Let me introducemy colleague Mr. Iwan.Mr. Iwan, this is Mr. Rinto.Mr. Rinto, this is Mr. Iwan.

Mr. Rinto : How do you do?Mr. Iwan : ________A. How are you?B. How do you do?C. How is life?D. See you.Jawaban: BRespons yang tepat untuk sapaanperkenalan ”How do you do?” adalah”How do you do?” juga.

B. Continue the sentences below.1. You meet your schoolmate in the school canteen at 9:15 a.m. You say, “________.”2. Lisa meets her friends on the street at 4 p.m. She says, “________.”3. Ivan wants to go to school in the morning. He says, “________.”to his parents.4. You leave your friend’s home. You say, “________.”5. You meet your teacher in the afternoon. You say, “________.”6. You introduce your friend to your parents. You say, “________.”7. You introduce your science teacher to your parents. She says, “How do you do?”

Your parents responds to it by saying, “________?”8. You greet your friend on the phone by saying, “________.”9. You leave your grandparents’ house in the evening. You say, “________.”

10. Your grandparents respond your leave taking by saying, “________.”


F. Listen to your teacher and write down what you have heard.Complete what he/she says with is, am or are.

Example:Your teacher says: I ________ a police.You write: I am a police.

Jawaban:1. Good morning2. Good afternoon3. Goodbye, Mom, Dad4. Bye. See you5. Good afternoon, Sir/Madam6. Mom, Dad, this is my friend Doni. Doni, these are my parents7. How do you do8. Hello9. Good night, Grandpa, Grandma

10. Good night, dear

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:1. Dina ________ a student.2. My father ________ an architect.3. Dian ________ at school.4. Mr. Heru ________ a teacher.5. Mother ________ at home.6. The students ________ in the seventh grade.7. We ________ students of SMP 6.8. You ________ beautiful.9. Sari ________ a nurse.

10. Anto and Andi ________ in the school yard.

Jawaban:1. Dina is a student. 2. My father is an architect.3. Dian is at school. 4. Mr. Heru is a teacher.5. Mother is at home. 6. The students are in the seventh grade7. We are students of SMP 6. 8. You are beautiful.9. Sari is a nurse. 10. Anto and Andi are in the school yard.

G. Complete the texts with is, am or are.

Text 1Hello, I (1) ________ Nia. I have a brother. He (2) ________ Edo. We (3) ________ the

students of SMP 8. I (4) ________ in the seventh grade, and he (5) ________ in the ninth grade.We go to school together.

Text 2Mr. Karta (6) ________ my uncle. He lives next to us. He has a beautiful wife. Her maiden

name (7) ________ Riana. So I (8) ________ Mr and Mrs. Karta’s niece and Edo (9) ________their nephew. Mr and Mrs. Karta have two twin daughters and a son. Their daughters’ names(10) ________ Ranti and Rina and their son’s name (11) ________ Adi. So they (12) ________


my cousins. Ranti and Rina (13) ________ twelve years old while Adi (14) ________ ten years old.The family have three cats. They (15) ________ Kitty, Nunny and Ancy.

Jawaban:1. am 2. is 3. are 4. am 5. is6. is 7. is 8. am 9. is 10. are

11. is 12. are 13. are 14. is 15. are

H. Find the opposite meanings of the following words.You may find the answers in the texts in Task G.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. husband >< wife2. nephew >< niece3. aunt >< uncle4. sister >< brother5. son >< daughter

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the words and the answers in Task H.Jawaban:1. ● husband = suami ● wife = istri2. ● nephew = keponakan laki-laki ● niece = keponakan perempuan3. ● aunt = bibi ● uncle = paman4. ● sister = saudara perempuan ● brother = saudara laki-laki5. ● son = anak laki-laki ● daughter = anak perempuan

I. The words in Task H show us about family relationships.Study other family relationships below.Find their meanings in your dictionary.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. parents = orang tua2. grandparents = kakek dan nenek3. grandfather = kakek4. grandmother = nenek5. cousin = saudara sepupu6. grandchild = cucu7. grandson = cucu laki-laki8. granddaughter = cucu perempuan9. elder sister = kakak perempuan

10. younger brother = adik laki-laki11. sister-in-law = saudara ipar perempuan12. brother-in-law = saudara ipar laki-laki13. father-in-law = ayah mertua14. mother-in-law = ibu mertua15. son-in-law = menantu laki-laki16. daughter-in-law = menantu perempuan17. stepfather = ayah tiri18. stepmother = ibu tiri19. stepbrother = saudara tiri laki-laki20. stepsister = saudara tiri perempuan


J. Find the names of ten family relationships in this puzzle.The words can go across or down.

Jawaban:

Mr. Bahar + Mrs. Bahar

Ida

Agus + Lia Tuti Ima

K. Look at the family tree.Complete the sentences based on the family tree.

1. Ida is Tuti’s ________.2. Mr. Bahar is Ida’s ________.3. Agus is Tuti’s ________.4. Mrs. Bahar is Ima’s ________.5. Agus is Ida’s ________.

Jawaban:1. niece2. grandfather3. brother-in-law4. mother5. father


Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.Mr. Arif Mrs. Arif

Mrs. Tino Mr. Tino Mrs. Cahyo Mr. Cahyo

Tika Berlina Candra

Mr. Galung Mrs. Galung

Pratama

1. Mr. and Mrs. Arif have three ________; Mr. Tino, Mr. Galung, and Mrs. Cahyo.2. Mr. and Mrs Arif are Candra’s ________.3. Mrs. Cahyo is Candra’s ________.4. Mr. Galung is Mrs. Cahyo’s ________.5. Mrs. Cahyo is Mr. Tino’s ________.6. Mrs. Galung is Tika’s ________.7. Mr. Galung is Candra’s ________.8. Candra is Pratama’s ________.9. Tika and Berlina are Mr. and Mrs. Cahyo’s ________.

10. Pratama is Mrs. Tino’s ________.

Jawaban:1. children 2. grandparents 3. mother 4. brother 5. sister6. aunt 7. uncle 8. cousin 9. nieces 10. nephew

L. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Hi, I’m Rosalia. I have a (1) brother named Harry. So, I’m Harry’s (2) sister. Mr. and Mrs. AgungNugraha are my (3) parents. Mrs. Nugraha is my (4) mother. Mr. Agung Nugraha is my (5) father.

I have two (6) cousins. They are Hanung and Arya. Mrs. Sisca Gunawan is my (7) aunt. So itmeans that I am her (8) niece. Mr. and Mrs. Haryawan are my (9) grandparents. It means that I amtheir (10) granddaughter.

Variasi:

Make a family tree based on the complete text in Task L.Jawaban:

Mr. Haryawan + Mrs. Haryawan

Hanung

Gunawan + Sisca

Arya Rosalia

Jelita + Agung Nugraha

Harry


A. Read the alphabets below.Look at the pictures.Say the words with proper pronunciation.

A /eiiiii/

apple /'Apl/

B /bi:/

bird /bE:rd/

C /si:/

candy /'kAndi/

D /di:/

daddy /'dAdi/

E /i:/

ear /ir/

F /ef/

fan /fAn/

G /d55555i:/

girl /gE:rl/

H /eitsssss/

hen /hen/

I /aiiiii/

ice cream/ais kri:m/

J /d55555ei/

jug /d5ng/

K /keiiiii/

kettle /'ketl/

L /el/

lady /'leidi/

M /em/

money /'mnni/

N /en/

notebook/'noutbuk/

O /ou/

orange/'c:rind5/

P /pi:/ Q /kju:/

quill /kwil/

R /a:(r)/

roof /ru:f/

S /es/

shoe /su:/

T /ti:/

television/'telivi5n/

pen /pen/


U /ju:/

unicorn/'ju:nike:n/

V /vi:/

volcano/va:l'keineu/

W /'dnnnnnblju:/

wok /wak/

X /eks/

X-ray /eks rei/

Y /waiiiii/

yolk /youk/

Z /zi:/

zebra /'zebre/

B. Spell the words below aloud.

Kata-kata yang dieja siswa dan jawaban:

1. d-e-s-k : /di:/-/i:/-/es/-/kei/2. r-u-l-e-r : /a:(r)/-/ju:/-/el/-/i:/-/a:(r)/3. c-u-r-l-y : /si:/-/ju:/-/a:(r)/-/el/-/wai/4. y-a-r-d : /wai/-/ei/-/a:(r)/-/di:/5. f-i-n-g-e-r : /ef/-/ai/-/en/-/d5i:/-/i:/-/a:(r)/

Variasi:

Spell the words below correctly.Do it in turns.

1. ant /ei/-/en/-/ti:/ 2. bed /bi:/-/i:/-/di:/3. curly /si:/-/ju:/a(r)/-/el/-/wai/ 4. door /di:/-/ou/-/ou/-/a:(r)/5. heel /eits/-/i:/-/i:-el/ 6. finger /ef/-/ai/-/en-/d5i:/i:/-/a:(r)/7. lips /el/-/ai/-/pi:/-/es/ 8. neck /en/-/i:/si/-/kei/9. stomach /es/-/ti:/-/ou/-/em/-/ei/-/si:/-/eits/ 10. zipper /zi:/-/ai/-/pi:/-/pi:/-/i:/-/a:(r)/

C. Read the dialogs aloud.Mind your pronunciation and intonation.

Dialog 1Nina : Good morning, Sir.Teacher : Good morning. Are you the student of SMP 5?Nina : Yes, Sir. I am in the seventh grade.Teacher : I see. And you are . . . .Nina : Nina, Sir.Teacher : Well, Nina. Glad to meet you.Nina : Glad to meet you too, Sir.


Dialog 2Mr. Royandi is introducing Mr. Haryono to his guest, Mr. Santoso.Mr. Royandi : Good evening, Mr. Santoso. How are you?Mr. Santoso : Good evening, Mr. Royandi. Everything is fine. I hope you are well too.Mr. Royandi : I am, thank you. By the way, please meet Mr. Haryono, the vice headmaster.

Mr. Haryono, please meet Mr. Santoso, the Director of PT Trikarya.Mr. Haryono : Good to see you, Sir.Mr. Santoso : Good to see you too, Sir.

Variasi:

Practice the dialogs below with a friend.1. Ida : Good morning, Mom.

Mother : Good morning, Ida. Going to school now?Ida : Yes. Goodbye, Mom.Mother : Goodbye, dear. Take care.

2. Diana : Good afternoon, Sir.Teacher : Good afternoon, Diana. Don’t forget that the biology class is in the lab today?Diana : Sure, Sir.

3. Jimmy : Good morning, Ms. Jean.Ms. Jean : Good morning, Jimmy. How are you today?Jimmy : Fine, thanks, Ms. Jean. I hope you are fine too.Ms. Jean : I am, thanks.

4. Tanti : Excuse me. May I sit here?Bella : Yes, please.Tanti : I’m Tanti. What’s your name?Bella : I’m Bella.Tanti : Glad to see you, Bella.Bella : Glad to see you too, Tanti.

5.

No, she’s not. Carla, this isJoan, my cousin. Joan, this isCarla, my close friend.

Hello, Carla, how are you?I am fine, Tasha,thank you. Is sheyour sister?

Hello, Joan.Nice to meet you.

Hello, Carla. Niceto meet you too.


D. Introduce yourself based on one of the cards.

Sofyan Marpaung (Sofyan)Jalan Hayam Wuruk 12

Achmad Zazuli (Azul)Jalan Abubakar Ali 52

Andrea Rahmawati (Dea)Jalan Dr. Wahidin 43

Aris Siahaan (Aris)Jalan Kampung Sewu Xa no 12

Rizka Aminah (Riris)Jalan Achmad Yani 42

Contoh jawaban:1. Good morning, friends. My name is Sofyan Marpaung. You can call me Sofyan. I live at Jalan

Hayam Wuruk 12. Well, it is near Pasar Wedi. Please drop in.2. Hello, I am Achmad Zazuli. Just call me Azul. I live at Jalan Abubakar Ali 52. That’s all about me.

Example:

Variasi:

Come to the front of the class.Introduce yourself. Do it in turns.

Rina Mizwar (Rina)Jalan Sawit Sari 6

Good morning, my friends. I want to introduce myself.I am Galang Herlambang. Just call me Galang.I live at Jalan Duren Tiga number ten. Please drop in.Thank you.


E. Make dialogs based on the pictures.

1. 2.

Contoh jawaban:1. Nina : Good morning, Mr. Sanusi.

Mr. Sanusi : Good morning, Nina.Nina : I’d like to introduce my mother, Asti Hendrawan. Mom, this is the principal

Mr. Sanusi.Mr.Sanusi : How do you do, Mrs. Hendrawan?Mrs. Hendrawan : How do you do, Mr. Sanusi?

2. Shinta : Good morning, Mrs. Ridwan.Mrs. Ridwan : Good morning, Shinta. You go to school early today.Shinta : Yes, I am. I’m afraid of missing the bus. See you.Mrs. Ridwan : See you.

You want to introduce yourmother to the principal.What would you say?

You are on the way to school. Youmeet your mother’s friend. You greether. What would the two of you say?

Variasi:

A. Interview your friends to complete the table.Example:Rano : Hi, I’m Rano, Rano Triadi. What’s your name?Fian : Hi, Rano. I’m Fiantono Gunadi. Call me Fian.Rano : Where do you live, Fian?Fian : I live at Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6, Semarang. And you?Rano : I live at Jalan Gombel Permai number 22, Semarang. Thanks, Fian.Fian : You’re welcome.

No.

1.2.3.4.5.

Name

Fianto Guandi

Nickname

Fian

Address

Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6 Semarang


B. Tell the result of your interview in Task A to the class.Contoh jawaban:

Hi, friends. I got a friend. He’s Fiantono Gunadi. I call him Fian. He lives at Jalan PerdamaianUtara number 6, Semarang.

C. Work in groups of three.Introduce one of your friends to the other.

Contoh jawaban:

F. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3.

Ms. Dwiyanti is my English teacher. Shealways comes to our class on time. Beforeteaching, she always greets us, “Goodmorning, students. How are you?” To reply her,we say, “We are fine, thanks.” Then, she startsteaching vocabularies. When the bell rings,she ends the lesson by saying “See you again,class. Have a nice day.” And we reply her,“See you. Thank you, Miss.”

1. What is Ms. Dwiyanti?A. A student.B. A teacher.C. A principalD. A librarian.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”Ms. Dwiyanti is my English teacher.” yangartinya ”Bu Dwiyanti adalah guru bahasaInggris saya.”. Student artinya siswa,principal artinya kepala sekolah, danlibrarian artinya petugas perpustakaan.

2. What do you know about Ms. Dwiyanti?A. She teaches grade VIII.B. She always comes to the writer’s

class on time.C. She never leaves the class.D. She never teaches vocabularies.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat, ”She always comes to our classon time.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidaksesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya dia mengajar kelas VIII,(seharusnya kelas VII), (C) artinya diatidak pernah meninggalkan kelas, dan (D)artinya dia tidak pernah mengajar tatabahasa dan kosakata.

3. How does Ms. Dwiyanti say her leavetaking?A. By saying “See you later.”B. By saying “Good morning, students.”C. By saying “See you again, class.”D. By saying “See you.”

Hi, Bintang. It’s niceto see you. Hi, Ron. It’s nice to

see you, too.

Ron, please meet Bintang, my playmate.Bintang, this is Roni, my new friend fromBogor.


Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”When the bell rings, she ends thelesson by saying ’See you again, class.Have a nice day.’.” yang artinya ”Ketika belberbunyi, beliau mengakhiri pelajarandengan berkata ’Sampai jumpa kembali,anak-anak. Semoga hari kalianmenyenangkan.’.”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.

Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.

Hello, my name is Rina Setyowati. Myfriends call me Rina. I am thirteen years old.I live in Yogyakarta. I study in SMP N 5. NowI am in the first grade. I go to school on foot.My home is not far from my school.

4. What is Rina? She is ________.A. a student B. a librarianC. a teacher D. a principalJawaban: ATeks tersebut menjelaskan bahwa RinaSetyowati bersekolah di SMP N 5. Jadi,dia seorang siswa (a student). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

5. How old is Rina? She is ________ yearsold.A. 12 B. 13C. 14 D. 15Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataanpada kalimat ketiga ”I am thirteen years old.”yang artinya ”Saya berusia 13 tahun.”.

Variasi:

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.Read the text and answer questions 1 and 2.

Hello, I am Nunung Setyaningrum. Myfriends call me Aning. I am thirteen years old.I live in Bogor. I am in the first grade of SMPN 1. I go to school by bike. My house is quitefar from my school.

1. What is the girl in the text?She is ________.A. a student B. a librarianC. a teacher D. a principalJawaban: ATeks tersebut menjelaskan bahwaNunung Setyaningrum bersekolah diSMP N 1. Jadi, dia seorang siswa(a student).

2. Aning goes to school ________.A. by car B. by bicycleC. by bus D. on footJawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai denganpernyataan pada kalimat keenam, ”I goto school by bike.” yang artinya ”Sayapergi ke sekolah dengan bersepeda.”.


Hello, my name is Magic Sloanne. I livewith my cousins, Donny and Bryan, at 60Hyde Park Street. It is near Lakeland Street.This is my new neighbor. His name is VickyMartinez. He lives on the same street asI live. I like to have a friend like him becausehe is very clever and kind.

Source: Ujian Nasional

3. Where does Vicky live?A. Near Hyde Park Street.B. On Lakeland Street.C. On Hyde Park Street.D. Far from Lakeland Street.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Helives on the same street as I live.” yangartinya ”Dia (Vicky) tinggal di jalan yangsama dengan tempat tinggal saya.”.Sementara itu, tempat tinggal penulisterdapat di kalimat kedua, ”I live with mycousins, Donny and Bryan, at 60 HydePark Street.”. Frasa keterangan tempat”at 60 Hyde Park Street” sama dengan”on Hyde Park Street” yang artinya”di Jalan Hyde Park”.


4. Who is Magic Sloanne?A. Donny’s brother.B. Bryan’s cousin.C. Vicky’s cousin.D. Vicky’s sister.Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataanpada kalimat kedua ”I live with mycousins, Donny and Bryan, . . . .”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

5. “. . . because he is very clever and kind.”(line 7)What does the underlined word refer to?A. Donny. B. Magic Sloanne.C. Bryan. D. Vicky Martinez.Jawaban: DKata ganti orang ’he’ mengacu padasubjek yang telah disebutkan di kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ”His name is VickyMartinez.”.

G. Read the text below.Then, answer the questions.

Let me introduce myself. My name is Rosalinda. I am an actress. I live with my husband, AndrewCopernicov, and my son Robert and daughter Elisse. We live at 34 Tahoe City, California. Now my nieceLeonny and my nephew Ron are visiting us. They are the children of my brother Surya. My uncle’sfamily are here too. Our house becomes so crowded because of them.

Questions:1. How many children does Rosalinda have?

Jawaban: Two.2. Who are they?

Jawaban: Robert and Elisse.3. What does Rosalinda do?

Jawaban: She is an actress.4. Who is Leonny?

Jawaban: She is Rosalinda’s niece.5. Where do the family live?

Jawaban: They live at 34 Tahoe City, California.

Variasi:

Read the text.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on it.

Hi, I’m Henry. Mr. Lawson is my father. Mrs. Riani Lawson is my mother. They have fourchildren, two boys and two girls. So, I have two sisters and one brother. I’m the fourth child.I was born on the sixth of May 1994. Now I am in Grade VII in SMPN 2. There are forty-twostudents in my class. I really like my class.

Statements:1. ______ There are four people in Henry’s family.2. ______ Mr. Lawson has three children.3. ______ Henry is the only son.4. ______ Henry is fourteen years old now.5. ______ Henry studies in junior high school.

Jawaban:1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. T


hand

arm

head

shoulder

chest

thigh

leg

heel

knee

foot

toes

hair forehead eyebrows

eareye

cheek

elbow

nosetooth

neck

lip

chin

finger

I. Rearrange the letters below into proper words.The words are parts of our body.

1. w–o–b–l–e : ________ 2. o–t-m–h–u : ________3. r–a–m : ________ 4. e–e–y : ________5. h–s–e–t–c : ________ 6. n–e–i–r–g–f : ________7. r–a–i–h : ________ 8. h–t–h–i–g : ________9. r–a–e : ________ 10. o–h–t–t–o : ________

Jawaban:1. elbow 2. mouth 3. arm 4. eye 5. chest6. finger 7. hair 8. thigh 9. ear 10. tooth

H. Look at the pictures.Repeat after your teacher.


Variasi:

Look at the picture. Label parts of the body pointed by the arrows.

1. ________2. ________3. ________4. ________5. ________6. ________7. ________8. ________9. ________

10. ________

Jawaban:1. hair 2. cheek 3. neck 4. shoulder 5. arm6. hand 7. finger(s) 8. knee 9. leg 10. foot

J. Do the instructions in pairs.

What to do:● Look at the picture.● Point to a part of the man’s body, for example, his nose. Then, say “This is his nose.”● Then, your partner points to a part of the person’s body, and say “This is his ear.”

1 2

34

5

7

6

8

9

10


Contoh jawaban:Student A (menunjuk kedua tangan orang dalam gambar) : These are his hands.Student B (menunjuk kepala orang dalam gambar) : This is his head.Student A (menunjuk dahi orang dalam gambar) : This is his forehead.Student B (menunjuk bibir orang dalam gambar) : These are his lips.Student A (menunjuk kedua kaki orang dalam gambar) : These are his legs.Student B (menunjuk jari-jari orang dalam gambar) : These are his fingers.Student A (menunjuk kedua telinga orang dalam gambar) : These are his ears.

Variasi:● Guru dapat memegang satu bagian tubuh, misalnya pundak.● Kemudian, guru menyuruh siswa menyebutkan bagian tubuh yang dipegang guru

menggunakan that/those, misalnya, ”That is your shoulder.”● Guru juga dapat menyebutkan bagian tubuh tertentu, misalnya jari. Kemudian, guru

menyuruh siswa memegang jari-jarinya dan menyebutkan bagian tubuh tersebut denganthis/these, misalnya ”These are my fingers.”.

1

This is a ________.

2

These are ________.

3

That is a ________.

4

It is a ________.

5

Those are ________.

K. Label the pictures using the words in the box.

eggs shoes chicken balloons

jacket glass cap tie

Jawaban:1. cap2. eggs3. tie4. jacket5. balloons


L. Make five sentences using ‘This/That’ or ‘These/Those’.

Contoh jawaban:1. This is our classroom. 2. That’s the hall.3. Is that the basketball court? 4. These are not my books.5. Are those your new shoes?

Variasi:

Make sentences based on the pictures.Use This/That, and These/Those.

1 2 3

Contoh jawaban:

1. This is/That is a broom. 2. These are/Those are belts.3. These are/Those are apples. 4. This is/That is a bird.5. This is/That is a horse.

M. Suppose you are one of these people.Introduce yourself.

1 2 3

Picture source:http://www.kapanlagi.com/g/

agnes_monica_dan_boyz_ii_men/agnes_monica-20070502-034-

wawan.jpg (April 8, 2008)

Picture source:http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/

Bambang_Pamungkas(April 8, 2008)

Picture source:http://selebriti.kapanlagi.com/

cinta_laura/ (April 8, 2008)

54


Contoh jawaban:1. Hi, friends, my name is Agnes Monica. I was born in Jakarta, July 1, 1986. Now I live in

Jakarta. Nice to meet all of you.2. Hi, my name is Bambang Pamungkas. You can call me Bambang. I was born on June 10,

1980. I am from Salatiga, East Java. I really love football. Nice to meet you all.3. Hello, guys. My complete name is Cinta Laura Kiehl. You can call me Cinta. I was born in

Quedlinburg, Germany on August 17, 1993. I am an actress, as you know.

Sources:– http://www.info-artis.com/artist/1/Agnes_Monica/Agnes_Monica.html (April 8, 2008)– http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bambang_Pamungkas (April 8, 2008)– http://www.info-artis.com/artist/261/Cinta_Laura/Cinta_Laura.html (April 8, 2008)

N. Look at the picture.Read the text aloud.

Hi! My name is Silvana. My father is Mr. Farhan and my mother is Mrs. Farhan. My mother’smaiden name is Ellyani. My father is tall and thin. He wears spectacles. My mother is tall and fat.About me, people say that I am slim. I have big eyes and straight hair. I have a sister named Andrea.She is tall and has a prominent nose. Different from me, she has curly hair. I also have a youngerbrother. He is Donny. He is short, fat and . . . funny.

O. Answer the questions based on the text in Task N.

1. What is the text about?Jawaban: It’s about Silvana’s family.

2. Who wears spectacles?Jawaban: Silvana’s father does.

3. How many sisters does Silvana have?Jawaban: One.

4. Who is Silvana’s brother?Jawaban: Donny is.

5. What is the maiden name of Silvana’s mother?Jawaban: Ellyani is.


P. Read the words below aloud.Find their meanings in your dictionary.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. tall = tinggi 2. fat = gemuk3. slim = langsing 4. thin = kurus5. straight hair = rambut lurus 6. curly hair = rambut keriting7. short = pendek 8. spectacles = kacamata9. prominent nose = hidung mancung 10. maiden name = nama kecil

1 2 3

4 5

Variasi:

The words above tell us about our appearance.Study other words which deal with your appearance.Find their meanings in your dictionary.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. slanted eyes = mata sipit2. blond hair = rambut pirang3. flat nose = hidung pesek4. wavy hair = rambut bergelombang5. bald = botak6. chubby = gemuk (konotasi positif)

Q. Tell something about each person below.You may use the words in the box.

● big eyes ● long and straight hair ● short and blond hair● prominent nose ● long and blond hair ● chubby

Pictures sources:● Picture 1: http://daejanggeum.blogsome.com/

images/200510200koreastars.jpg (December23, 2008)

● Picture 2: http://www.joy2day.com/fashion-and-showbiz/women-corner/hair-care/hair-styles/short/images/big-as2.jpg (December 23, 2008)

● Picture 3: http://www.joy2day.com/children-corner/babies-wallpapers/photo8.php (December 23,2008)

● Picture 4: http://www.sxc.hu/pic/m/d/da/dafalias/313046_girl_with_long_blonde_hair.jpg

● Picture 5: http://bp3.blogger.com/_hzJVKDy85-g/R0SFeUB4yuI/AAAAAAAAAM8/_NYQZY9jqAk/s1600-h/nia.jpg (December 23, 2008)


Jawaban:1. The girl has long and straight hair.2. The woman has short and blond hair. She also has a prominent nose.3. The baby has big eyes and looks chubby.4. The woman has long and blond hair.5. The girl is tall and slim.

1 2 3

4 5

Jawaban:1. He has a prominent nose.2. He has a flat nose.3. The kid has big eyes.4. The man has slanted eyes.5. The girl has straight long hair.

Picture source: http://coolblue.typepad.com/photos/memorial_day_2004/clown.jpg (December 24, 2008)

Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat menambah soal sebagai berikut.

● wavy hair ● prominent nose ● slanted eyes ● straight hair● curly hair ● flat nose ● big eyes ● long hair

R. Look at the picture.Describe the person.


Contoh jawaban:The man is a clown. He is big and fat. His cheek is white and his hair is yellow blond. He has a bigred nose.

Variasi:

Write an introduction based on each biodata below.1.

2.

Contoh jawaban:

1. Hi! My name is Amanda. I’m 14 years old. I am tall and slim. I wear glasses. I speakonly English. I can tell you about English learning if you like. I love reading, listening tomusic and hanging out with friends. Send your e-mail and 100% reply!

2. Hi! I’m Pablo. I’m 11 years old. I want to have pen friends from around the world.I am good at playing guitar. I also love drawing cartoons and doing correspondence.About my appearance, people say that I’m chubby. I also have blond hair and wearglasses. I’m looking forward to your e-mail. Reply guarantee!

Name : AmandaAge : 14Country : United KingdomE-mail : [email protected] : Reading, listening to pop music, hanging out with friendsPhysical appearance : Tall, slim, wear glasses

Name : PabloAge : 11Country : BrazilE-mail : [email protected] : Playing guitar, drawing (especially cartoon), correspondencePhysical appearance : Chubby, wear glasses, blond hair


1.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Birthday Cards

Spoken Text

Written Text

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.

Ryan, mother is out today. You are allowed to eat the rice and fried chicken in the cupboard.

The text is a spoken message. You can leave this message for somebody when you can'tspeak to him/her yourself. You may listen to such a message from a telephone machine.

Look at the card and read the sentences.

The card is a birthday card. You can send or give a birthday card to someone you love oryou know well, of course on his/her birthday. Sometimes people also give a birthday giftalong with the birthday card.On the card, you write something nice, especially your wish or pray for the birthday person.

Source: http://www.greetingsyard.com/images/product/open/ first-birthday-cards-1-3.jpg (December 18, 2008)


A. Listen to your teacher.Repeat after him/her.

Text 1

Nina, this is Aunt Ratna.I really want to see you all.Will you all be at home during holiday season?

Text 2

Dear Joice, this is Daddy.I am going to have a meeting today.Maybe I will come home late today. Sorry about that.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.

Text 11. Who sends the message?

Jawaban: Aunt Ratna does.2. What is the relationship between Nina and Ratna?

Jawaban: Ratna is Nina’s aunt or Nina is Ratna’s niece.3. What does Ms. Ratna want to do?

Jawaban: To see Nina and her family.

Text 21. Who will be home late?

Jawaban: Joice’s daddy.2. Why is he late?

Jawaban: Because he is going to have a meeting.


1. Do you often receive a message?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

2. What is it about?Contoh jawaban: It’s about studying together.

3. Who sends it?Contoh jawaban: My friend does.


C. Listen to your teacher.Then, complete the messages below.

Teks-teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Text 1

Dina, I am Ella.I am (1) interested in knowing more about Sandra, your (2) cousin. Would you (3) introduceme to her? Thank you.

Text 2

Mrs. Lukman, this is Linda Gunawan. I have got (4) the bag you want to buy. You can (5) pickit up at my house anytime. Thanks.

D. State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task C.

1. ______ Sandra is Ella’s cousin.2. ______ Ella is interested in knowing more about Sandra.3. ______ Mrs. Lukman sends the message to Ms. Linda Gunawan.4. ______ Ms. Linda Gunawan has got the bag Mrs. Lukman wants to buy.5. ______ Mrs. Lukman can pick the bag anytime.

Variasi:

A. Listen and repeat after your teacher.Text 1

Anna, this is Tiara.May I borrow your dictionary?I need it to do my Engish homework.

Text 2

Rahma, I’m Hendra.Are you free on Thursday?I’d like to go to the book fair with you.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.Text 1

1. Who sends the message?Jawaban: Tiara does.

2. Whom is the message for?Jawaban: Anna.

3. What does Tiara want to borrow?Jawaban: A dictionary.

Text 21. Who sends the message?

Jawaban: Hendra does.2. What does Hendra ask Rahma to do?

Jawaban: To see a book fair with him.


A. Read the messages aloud.

Text 1

Hello, Rina. It’s me Nia.I really want to see the football match this afternoon. Would you come with me?

Text 2

Seno, this is Bambang speaking. I forgot to return Anna’s book entitled “Dreaming of Canada”.Would you do it for me, please? Thanks beforehand.

B. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.

Text 11. Who wants to see a football match?

Jawaban: Nia does.2. What does Nia want Rina to do?

Jawaban: To accompany her to see a football match.Text 21. Who forgot to return a book?

Jawaban: Bambang did.

Jawaban:1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T

A

1. interested2. introduce3. have got4. pick up5. anytime

B

a. kapan sajab. memperolehc. tertarikd. memperkenalkane. mengambil

Jawaban:1. c 2. d 3. b 4. e 5. a

B. Make sentences using the words in column A Task A.Contoh jawaban:1. My brother is interested in photography.2. I want to introduce you to my sister.3. My mother has got the blue bag.4. Pick up your pen on the floor, please.5. You can come to my house anytime.

Variasi:

A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.


A. Read the card aloud.What is it about?

Adapted from: http://www.cardsnscrolls.co.uk/images/large/inside_birthday_funny.gif (December 18, 2008)

2. What is the title of the book?Jawaban: Dreaming of Canada.

3. Who has the book?Jawaban: Anna does.

C. Find the meanings of the words below.Then, make sentences using the words.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. entitled = yang berjudul 2. accompany = menemani3. return = mengembalikan 4. really = sungguh-sungguh5. dream = memimpikan

Contoh jawaban:1. I want to buy a novel entitled The Da Vinci Code.2. Nina will accompany me to the mall.3. You should return my book tomorrow.4. I really like correspondence.5. I dream to study overseas.

D. Write a message for a friend at school.Then, read your message aloud.

Contoh jawaban:1. Lia, this is Rima. What is our assignment for tomorrow?2. Dian, Mom and Dad are in Aunt Betty’s house. Please come here soon.

We are waiting for you for dinner.

Jawaban:It’s a birthday card for Elly, from Sandy and John.


Variasi:

Read the texts with proper pronunciation.

1.

2.

Wishing you a birthday . . . .

Blooming with happiness and wonderful moments!

Happy Birthday

B. Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. smile = tersenyum2. laugh = tertawa3. present = hadiah4. happy = senang/selamat5. love = cinta

Variasi:

A. Read the texts with proper pronunciation.

Source: http://www.sendacard.com Source: http://www.dgreetings.com

A birthday wish with a friendly touch forsomeone who loves you very much.

HAPPY BIRTHDAY


B. Find the meanings of the words.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

1. extraordinary = luar biasa2. deserve = berhak, layak3. joy = kebahagiaan4. especially = terutama, khususnya5. pelase = menyenangkan6. filled with = diisi dengan7. moment = momen, peristiwa8. everything = segalanya9. wish = mengharapkan/mengucapkan selamat

10. special = khusus

C. Complete the sentences with the words in Task B.

1. It is good to ________ when we greet someone.2. We give Linda a nice ________ in her birthday.3. We ________ aloud when we hear the joke.4. On the Mother’s Day, we give our mom a bunch of flowers to express our ________.5. On January 1, we usually say, “Have a ________ New Year.”

Jawaban:1. smile 2. present 3. laugh 4. love 5. happy

D. Read the card below.Is it for a girl, a boy or twins?How do you know?

Jawaban:

The card is for twins. We can see it from the phrases referring to twins, such as “twice”, “double”and “a pair of”.

Source: http://img.123greetings.com/eventsnew/birth_fortwins/1008-016-01-1040.gif (December 18, 2008)


E. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.

A

1. twice2. laughter3. a wish4. loaded with5. goodies6. double7. hug8. joy9. a pair

10. send

B

a. kehendakb. dua kalic. barang-barangd. tawae. sepasangf. dipenuhi dengang. lipat duah. mengirimi. pelukanj. kegembiraan

Jawaban:1. b 2. d 3. a 4. f 5. c6. g 7. i 8. j 9. e 10. h

A. Complete the birthday card with the words in the box.

a. special b. surprises c. Motherd. lots of e. nicest

Jawaban:1. c 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. d

Adapted from: http://img.123greetings.com/eventsnew/birth_momndad/1008-025-18-1069.gif (December 19, 2008)


Source: http://muthuvedi.com/includes/images/birthday-card.jpg (December 19, 2008)

Variasi:

Complete the birthday card below with the suitable words in the box.

a. clap b. smile c. sentd. forever e. gather

This card is being (1) ________ today.Just for you!People (2) ________ to sing,(3) ________ hands, laugh and (4) ________They wish you happy (5) ________.May this birthday be the best that you have ever known.

Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. a 4. b 5. d

B. Write a birthday card.Then, give it to someone you love on his/her birthday.

Contoh jawaban:


Write down your family tree.Then, introduce yourself and your family members based on the family tree.

learn : mempelajarimay : semoganeighbor : tetanggapen friend : sahabat penaprincipal : kepala sekolahpublic transport : angkutan umumrepeat : menirukansender : pengirimshake hands : berjabat tangansurprise : kejutanunderstand : memahami, mengerti

Read and memorize the words.Use them whenever you speak English.

aloud : keras/nyaringassignment : tugasborn : lahircollect : mengumpulkanextraordinary : luar biasafill : mengisiintended : yang ditujuinterested : tertarik


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. It is the first lesson in the morning. Yougreet your teacher and say, “________”A. Good night, Ma’am.B. Morning, friend!C. Good morning, Ma’am.D. Hi!Jawaban: CKetika bertemu guru pada pagi hari, sapaanyang paling tepat diucapkan adalah ”Goodmorning, Ma’am.”, bukan ”Morning, friend.”atau ”Hi.” karena sapaan tersebut diucapkankepada teman atau orang sebaya.

2. The bell rings. It ends the school day. Yousay, “________” to your teacher.A. Good night, Sir.B. Have a nice day, Ma’am.C. Glad to see you here.D. Goodbye, Ma’am.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena”Goodbye, Ma’am” dikatakan saat kitaakan berpisah.

3. It’s 9 p.m. You want to go to bed. You say,“________” to your parents.A. Good evening, Mom, Dad.B. Good night, Mom, Dad.C. Bye, Mom, Dad.D. See you.Jawaban: BPada malam hari ketika kamu akan pergi tidur,ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan kepadaorang tua adalah ”Good night, Mom, Dad.”.

4. Nia : I think I have to go now. Seeyou.Amdan : ________A. See you. B. How are you?C. Goodbye. D. Good night.Jawaban: AJika seseorang akan berpisah dengan kitadan dia mengatakan ”See you.”, . . .respons yang tepat adalah ”See you.”pula. How are you? untuk menanyakankabar. Goodbye dan Good night adalahungkapan berpisah.

5. My name is Rika. I ________ a student.A. amB. isC. doD. doesJawaban: ASubjek ’I’ adalah orang pertama tunggal,sehingga be yang benar adalah am.

6.

This is his ________.

A. cheek B. chestC. shoulder D. foreheadJawaban: DTanda panah menunjuk ke dahi orangdalam gambar. Dalam bahasa Inggris,dahi adalah forehead. Cheek artinya pipi,chest artinya dada, dan shoulder artinyabahu.

7. Riani : Husni, this is Nindya, my closefriend. Nindya, this is Husni,my classmate.

Nindya : Nice to meet you, Husni.Husni : ________.A. Nice to meet you, Nindya.B. See you, Nindya.C. How are you?D. I’m fine, thanks.Jawaban: ARespons yang tepat atas ucapanperkenalan ”Nice to meet you” adalah”Nice to meet you” pula.

8. Agus : ________Ketut : I live at Jalan Untung Suropati

number 46 Bojonegoro.A. Where is it?B. Where do you live?C. Where is your school?D. Where does he live?


Jawaban: BRespons Ketut adalah ”I live at . . . .” yangartinya ”Saya tinggal di . . . .”. Pertanyaan yangtepat untuk respons ini adalah ”Where do youlive?”. Pilihan jawaban (A) untuk menanyakanletak benda, (C) untuk menanyakan alamatsekolah, dan (D) untuk menanyakan alamatseseorang (orang ketiga).

9. Emmy : ________Wanda : I’m twelve years old.A. How old is she?B. How do you do?C. How old are you?D. How are you?Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I’mtwelve years old.” yang artinya ”Sayaberumur 12 tahun.”. Dari kalimat inidiketahui bahwa yang ditanyakan adalahumur lawan bicara (How old are you?).

10. My father’s sister is my ________.A. uncle B. auntC. mother D. nieceJawaban: BSaudara perempuan ayah disebut bibi(aunt). Uncle artinya paman, motherartinya ibu, dan niece artinya keponakanperempuan.


August the sixth is my birthday. I wasborn twelve years ago in a small town inYogyakarta. My parents are Javanese andthey are forty years old. They gave me thename “Etik”. My full name is EtikSulistyowati. Usually my friends call me Etik.I have a slim body and short wavy hair.When I was ten years old, my father boughtme a small guitar. Since then I have reallyloved music. I can play many kinds ofsongs, especially those for the young. I wantto be a great musician in the future. That’sall the story of my life.

Source: Ujian Nasional 2005/2006

11. How old is the writer?A. 6 years old.B. 10 years old.C. 12 years old.D. 40 years old.

Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataanpada kalimat kedua, ”I was born twelveyears ago in a small town in Yogyakarta.”yang artinya ”Saya lahir 12 tahun yang laludi kota kecil di Yogyakarta.”.

12. What is the text about?A. The description of the writer herself.C. The writer’s dream to be a musician.B. The description of Etik’s birthday.D. The writer’s birthday.Jawaban: ABacaan ini mendeskripsikan tentang diripenulis sendiri.

13. The man’s hair is ________.

A. longB. curlyC. wavyD. straightJawaban: BOrang dalam gambar itu berambut keriting(curly). Long artinya panjang, wavy artinyabergelombang, dan straight artinya lurus.

14. Good morning, friends. ________ Myname’s Riana Agustina. Call me Ririn.

The correct expression to complete theintroduction is ________A. Nice to meet you.B. How do you do?C. Who are you?D. Let me introduce myself.Jawaban: DDari kalimat selanjutnya yang artinya”Nama saya Riana Agustina.”, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa teks tersebut tentangmemperkenalkan diri sendiri. Oleh karenaitu, kalimat yang tepat mengawali

Picture source:http://www.joy2day.com(December 23, 2008)


perkenalan adalah ”Let me introducemyself” yang artinya ”Izinkan sayamemperkenalkan diri.”.

15. Nanda : Look! ________ are my pens.I bought them yesterday.

Nani : Wow! So pretty!A. ItB. ItsC. ThisD. TheseJawaban: DKata ’pens’ (pena-pena) adalah bendajamak (plural noun), sehingga kata yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalahkata ’These’.

16. Anton is tall, but Rina is ________.A. beautifulB. cleverC. shortD. fatJawaban: CKata ’but’ yang artinya ’tetapi’menunjukkan bahwa dalam kalimattersebut ada dua hal yang berlawanan.Lawan kata dari ’tall’ (tinggi) adalah ’short’(pendek).

For questions 17 and 18, choose the correctwords to complete the following text.

Hi, friend, (17) ________ is my uncle, Herman.He has black hair and a (18) ________ nose.

17. A. itB. thisC. theseD. they

Jawaban: BKarena ’uncle’ adalah kata benda hiduptunggal, kalimat tersebut tepat dilengkapidengan ’this’. Pilihan jawaban (A) walaumengacu pada kata benda tunggal,merupakan kata ganti untuk benda, bukanmanusia. Pilihan jawaban (C) dan (D)merupakan kata ganti untuk benda jamak.

18. A. smallB. flatC. longD. prominentJawaban: DOrang dalam gambar memiliki hidungmancung (a prominent nose).

19.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Ronald, after you have dinner, please givethe letter on the table to Aunt Diana.

Thanks.

Mother

What should Ronald do?A. Have dinner.B. Meet Aunt Diana.C. Give the letter to Aunt Diana.D. Give the letter to his mother.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”. . . please give the letter on the table toAunt Diana” yang artinya ”. . . tolongberikan surat ini kepada Bibi Diana.”.

20. have–a–happy–very–dear–birthday–mother

The correct arrangement is ________.A. 1–3–6–5–7–2–4B. 3–6–5–7–1–2–4C. 5–3–6–1–2–4–3D. 5–7–1–2–4–3–6Jawaban: DUrutan kata yang tepat adalah ”DearMother, have a very happy birthday” yangartinya ”Ibu tersayang, selamat ulangtahun.”.


B. Complete the sentences based on thefamily tree.

1. Rico’s grandma is ________.2. Vina’s husband is ________.3. Henky’s younger brother is ________.4. Lia is Ronald’s ________.5. Carol is Ronald’s ________.6. Eddy is Mrs Hartawan’s ________.7. Rico is Mr. Hartawan’s ________.8. Shinta is Henky’s ________.9. Henky is Lia’s ________.

10. Rico is Lia’s ________.

Jawaban:1. Mrs. Hartawan 2. Ronald3. Setyawan 4. niece5. daughter 6. son7. grandson 8. sister-in-law9. uncle 10. cousin

Source: http://www.okiedee.com/Card%20Images/BirthdayCard-Kelly-2005-env~.jpg (December 18, 2008)

C. Write down the antonyms of the words.

1. short >< ________2. tall >< ________3. fat >< ________4. flat nose >< ________5. curly hair >< ________

Jawaban:1. long 2. short 3. thin4. prominent 5. straight

D. Create a birthday card for your sister/brother.

Contoh jawaban:

Mr. Hartawan + Mrs. Hartawan

Rico

Ronald + Vina Henky Eddy + Shinta Setyawan

LiaCarol

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa

dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. Teacher : Good morning, students.Students : ________.A. Morning, teacherB. Good morning, SirC. See you againD. Nice to meet you

2. It is 7 p.m. You arrive at your friend’s house.You greet his/her parents, “________.”A. Good afternoonB. Good eveningC. Good nightD. Have a good day

3. Donny : Hi, Ema.Ema : Hi, Donny. ________Donny : Very well, thanks.A. Good morning.B. Nice to see you.C. How are things?D. What is your name?

For questions 4 and 5, choose the correctwords to complete the dialog.

Arni : Morning. My name is Arni. (4) ________Tito : Morning. My name is Tito.Arni : Are you in class VIIB?Tito : (5) ________ I am in class VIIC.

4. A. How are you?B. What is your name?C. Where do you live?D. Are you a new student?

5. A. Yes, I am. B. In class VIIC.C. No, I am not. D. No, I do not.

6. Rano : Andi, this is Bayu. Bayu, this is Andi.Andi : Nice to meet you, Bayu.Bayu : ________A. Hello, Andi.B. How are you?C. See you tomorrow, Andi.D. Nice to meet you too, Andi.

7. 1. I was born in 1997.2. My name is Idawati Sadikin.3. You can call me Ida.4. So, I am twelve years old now.5. Let me introduce myself.

The correct order of the sentences is________.A. 5–1–3–2–4 B. 5–2–3–1–4C. 5–2–3–4–1 D. 5–3–2–1–4

8. Look at the picture.The man has ________ eyes.

A. big B. smallC. beautiful D. slanted

9. Hello, I am Shinta Ayundari. I am twelveyears old now. This is my cousin, Hendra.He is also twelve years old. We study in thesame school.Who is Hendra?A. He is Shinta’s brother.B. He is Shinta’s cousin.C. He is Shinta’s nephew.D. He is Shinta’s classmate.

10. Hi. I am Jeffry Candra. I live at jalanMajapahit 2 Surakarta. I am 12 years oldnow. Susan is my ________. She is 14years old.A. mother B. auntC. elder sister D. younger sister

11 ________ Anton your classmate?A. Am B. IsC. Are D. Do

12.

Picture source: http://daejanggeum.blogsome.com/images/200510200koreastars.jpg(December 22, 2008)

Oh, it ismy drawing book.

_______


What does the boy say?A. What is this? B. What is that?C. What are these? D. What are those?

13. ”My sister is quite tall, about 162 cm.”The antonym of the underlined word is________.

A. high B. fatC. short D. big

14.

21.

This is Via’s ________.A. chin B. cheekC. face D. lip


Hello, I am Ivan Setyawan. My friends callme Ivan or Wawan. I live at jalan Simpang Lima12. I am 13 years old now. About my appearance,I am tall and thin.

I am in the first grade of SMPN IV. My houseis near my school. So, I always walk to school.

15. How old is Ivan? He is ________ years old.A. eleven B. twelveC. thirteen D. fourteen

16. How does Ivan go to school?A. By car. B. By bus.C. On foot. D. By bike.

17. How does Ivan look like?A. He is tall and fat.B. He is tall and thin.C. He is short and thin.D. He is short and fat.

18. Everytime Jennifer smiles, you can see herwhite ________.A. nail B. hairC. eyes D. teeth

19. Tia : ________Mira : I live on Jalan Manokwari.A. Where is it?B. Where do you live?C. Where is your school?D. Where does he live?

20. The children ________ Mr. Sanusi’s sons.A. is B. amC. do D. are

This is his ________.A. heel B. footC. leg D. toe

Read the family tree and answer questions 22and 23.

Mr. Dani + Mrs. Dani

Irwan + Anna Bayu Kartika

Sisca

22. Sisca is Bayu’s ________.A. cousin B. nieceC. nephew D. daughter

23. Anna is Kartika’s ________.A. sister B. cousinC. sister-in-law D. mother-in-law


Hi, I’m Irwan. Let me tell you about myfather. Well, his name is Mr. Andrew. He isa doctor. He is 45 years old. He is tall and not sofat. He also wears glasses. He likes eating friedrice very much.

24. What does Irwan’s father do?A. He is tall.B. He wears glasses.C. He is a doctor.D. He is a teacher.

25. What is TRUE about Mr. Andrew?A. He is fat.B. He is tall.C. He likes fried chicken.D. He is fourty years old.

26. Tasya, mother is having a meeting untilabout 9 p.m. If Aunt Cathy comes, please buy her some food for dinner.Thanks.


What should Tasya do?A. Wait for her mother.B. Buy Aunt Cathy some food for dinner.C. Make her own dinner.D. Buy her mother food for dinner.

27. Grandma, this is Mirna. Sorry, I’ll be homelate because I will visit a friend in hospital.Thanks.

Who will visit a friend in hospital?A. Mirna will.B. Grandma will.C. Mirna and Grandma will.D. Mirna’s friends will.

28. “This little girl look so cute and chubby.”What is the synonym of the underlinedword?”A. Fat. B. Slim.C. Short. D. Thin.

Read the card and answer questions 29 and 30.

29. Who may send the card?A. Parents.B. Friends.C. Grandparents.D. Brothers and sisters.

30. How old is Rachel?She is ________ years old.A. one B. twoC. three D. four

Source: http://www.okiedee.com/Card%20Images/BirthdayCard%20for%20Rachel-2005-Inside.jpg

(December 18, 2008)

B. Read the text and answer the questions.

Hello, everyone! This is my friend Marimar.She comes from Sulawesi. She was born inMakassar on June 12, 1995. Her hobbies aresinging and swimming. She also likes plantingflowers very much.

She lives at Jalan Sisingamangaraja 15A.She lives together with her parents and twosisters. They are Mr. and Mrs. Yudhatama,Sherina and Marshanda.

Marimar studies in SMP 7. Her older sisteris in the first year of senior high school, andMarshanda is still in elementary school. They alllove one another.

Questions:1. How old is Marimar?2. Where does she come from?3. What is her address?4. How many people are there in Marimar's

family? Who are they?5. What does Marimar do in her spare time?


Jawaban Review Unit 1

A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Respons yang tepat jika seorang guru(laki-laki) mengucapkan salam ”Goodmorning, students.” adalah ”Goodmorning, Sir”. Salam ”Morning, teacher.”tidak sopan diucapkan kepada guru.

2. B. Pada pukul 7 petang, salam yang tepatkita ucapkan ketika datang bertamuadalah ”Good evening.” yang artinya”Selamat petang.”.

3. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatDonny, ”Very well, thanks.” yang artinya”Sangat baik, terima kasih.”.Berdasarkan respons Donny tersebutkalimat yang dikatakan Emasebelumnya adalah kalimat untukmenanyakan kabar (How are thethings?).

4. B. Karena jawaban Tito untuk pertanyaanArni adalah ”My name is Tito”, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa pertanyaan Arniadalah ”What is your name?” yangartinya ”Siapakah namamu?”.

5. C. Pertanyaan dengan ”Are you . . . ?”tepat dijawab dengan ”Yes, I am” atau”No, I’m not.”. Karena Tito tidak dudukdi kelas VIIB, tetapi VIIC, jawabannyaadalah ”No, I’m not.” yang artinya”Tidak.”.

6. D. Jika seseorang mengatakan ”Nice tomeet you”, hendaknya kita menjawabdengan ”Nice to meet you too” pula.

7. B. Kalimat-kalimat tersebut adalahungkapan perkenalan, yang dimulaidengan ”Let me introduce myself” yangartinya ”Izinkan saya memperkenalkandiri” (5), dilanjutkan dengan namalengkap (2), nama panggilan (3),tanggal lahir (1), dan usia sesuaidengan tanggal lahir (4).

8. D. Pria itu bermata sipit. Sipit dalambahasa Inggris disebut slanted.

9. B. Dalam teks tersebut Shintamemperkenalkan Hendra denganmengatakan, ”This is my cousin,Hendra.” yang artinya ”Ini adalahsaudara sepupu saya, Hendra.”.

10. C. Dalam teks tertulis bahwa Jeffryberusia 12 tahun, sedangkan Susanberusia 14 tahun. Dengan demikian,Susan adalah kakak perempuannya(elder sister).

11. B. Karena Anton merupakan orang ketigatunggal, be yang tepat melengkapikalimat tanya tersebut adalah ’is’.

12. A. Karena buku yang dimaksud siswahanya ada satu dan berada dekatdarinya, kata penunjuk yang tepatdigunakan adalah ’this’.

13. C. Lawan kata ’tall’ yang artinya ’tinggi’adalah short yang artinya pendek.

14. A. Gambar tersebut menunjuk padabagian dagu (chin) anak tersebut.

15. C. Dalam teks dikatakan ”I am 13 yearsold now.” yang artinya ”Saya berumur13 tahun sekarang.”. Eleven artinya 11,twelve artinya12, fourteen artinya 14.

16. C. Kalimat terakhir teks menyatakanbahwa Ivan pergi ke sekolah denganberjalan kaki (on foot).

17. B. Dalam teks tersebut Ivan mengatakan,”I am tall and thin” yang artinya ”Sayatinggi dan kurus.”.

18. D. Yang berwarna putih dan terlihat saattersenyum adalah gigi (teeth).

19. B. Kalimat responsnya berupa alamatseseorang. Hal ini berarti ungkapansebelumnya adalah menanyakantempat tinggal. Karena yangditanyakan adalah alamat lawanbicara, subjek memakai pronoun ’you’(Where do you live?).

20. D. Karena ’children’ berbentuk kata bendajamak, be yang tepat digunakanadalah are.

21. A. Gambar tersebut menunjukkan tumit(heel) orang tersebut.

22. B. Dari pohon keluarga tersebut terlihatbahwa Sisca adalah keponakanperempuan (niece) Bayu. Cousinartinya sepupu, nephew artinyakeponakan laki-laki, dan daughterartinya anak perempuan.

23. C. Dari pohon keluarga terlihat bahwaAnna adalah istri Irwan, saudaraKartika. Jadi, Anna adalah saudaraipar perempuan (sister-in-law) Kartika.


24. C. Pertanyaan ”What does Irwan’s fatherdo?” menanyakan pekerjaan ayahIrwan. Dalam teks tersebut Irwanmengatakan bahwa ayahnya adalahseorang dokter (He is a doctor).

25. B. Pernyataan ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat, ”He is tall . . . .” yangartinya ”Beliau tinggi . . . .”.

26. B. Jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”If Aunt Cathy comes, pleasebuy her some food for dinner.” yangartinya ”Jika Bibi Cathy datang, tolongbelikan dia makan malam.”.

27. A. Teks tersebut menyebutkan, ” . . . this isMirna . . . . I will visit a friend in hospital.”yang artinya ” . . . ini Mirna . . . . sayaakan menjenguk teman di rumah sakit.”.Jadi, yang akan menjenguk teman yangsakit adalah Mirna.

28. A. Kata ’chubby’ artinya ’gemuk’. Kata inisama artinya dengan ’fat’.

29. C. Dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat” . . . to our sweet granddaughterRachel . . . .” yang artinya ” . . . untukcucu perempuan kami yang manis,Rachel . . . .”. Dapat disimpulkanbahwa pengirim surat adalah kakeknenek (grandparents).

30. B. Kalimat awal teks adalah ”Happy 2birthday . . . .”. yang artinya ”Selamatulang tahun kedua . . . .". Jadi, Rachelberumur dua (two) tahun.

B. Uraian

1. She is fourteen years old now (2009–1995).2. She comes from Sulawesi.3. It is Jalan Sisingamangaraja 15A.4. There are 5 people. They are father (Mr.

Yudhatama), mother (Mrs. Yudhatama)Marimar, Sherina and Marshanda.

5. She likes singing, swimming, and plantingflowers.


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. ask someone to do

something,2. ask someone not to do

something,3. create short functional

texts (spoken notices),4. write short functional texts

(written notices), and5. use articles, there is/there

are, cardinal numbers,prepositions and questionword ‘how many’ correctly.

Suppose you have a pen friend from abroad. At one occasion, he/she may do something risky. You know it is dangerous. So, you have toremind him/her not to do it. What should you say? Well, in this unit youwill learn about asking someone to do or not to do something. Last butnot least, you know what to say to ask someone to do or not to dosomething properly.

90 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Asking Someone to Do Something

The bold-typed sentence in the dialog above is the expression of asking someone to dosomething. This kind of sentence is preceded by a verb base, such as open, come, go, sit,clean, prepare, etc. Use “please” when you ask someone to do something. This means you askhim/her politely. Then, say “Thanks” or “Thank you” when he/she has done your instructions.

Here are some other expressions of asking someone to do something and their responses.

Please give thisinvitation to

Mrs. Herman.

Right away,Mom.

Asking Someone to Do Something

Open your book on page 1, please.Read the sentence, please.Please write down your name.Please lend me your dictionary.Take me to the sick bay, please.Show me your member card, please.

Responding

Yes, Sir.O.K.Sure.Right away.No problem.Here you are.

2.1 Expressions

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Asking Someone not to Do Something

Hey, don’t siton the chair!

Why is that?

I sawa caterpillar

there.


The bold-typed sentence in the dialog is the expression of asking someone not to dosomething (a prohibition).The sentence is preceded by the word don’t and followed by a verb base. Here are someother expressions of asking someone not to do something and their responses.

Asking Someone not to Do Something

Don’t talk, please.Don’t litter, please.Don’t use the calculator, please.Please don’t pick the flower.Please don’t sit there.Please don’t close the window.

Responding

Yes, Ma’am.I don’t.O.K.All right.Sure.No problem.

Grammar Section

Articles: a, an, the

Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words.1. Ardi : Do you have any pets?

Leo : Yeah. I have a parrot, two rabbits and some hamsters.Ardi : Which is your favorite one?Leo : The parrot is.

2. Father : Get me an umbrella, dear.Widya : The blue or the gray one, Dad?Father : The blue one, please.Widya : Right away.Father : Thanks.Widya : Anytime, Dad.

Look at the bold-typed words in dialog 1, a parrot and the parrot.A and the are called articles. You use a to show something in general or unspecified object.The word a is followed by a word that begins with a consonant sound, such as blackboard,pen, book, friend, house, unique, etc. You use the to show a specific object.

In dialog 2, you use articles in the words an umbrella and the blue one. Like the article a, anis also used to show one unspecified object. However, the word an is followed by a word thatbegins with a vowel sound, such as apple, eraser, onion, hour, etc.

92 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

There is/There are

Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words.

There is/There are in Indonesian means ada. There is is followed by singular nouns whileThere are is followed by plural nouns. The words a pencil case and a dictionary aresingular nouns. Singular means only one. The word books is a plural noun. Plural meansmore than one (two, three, four and so on). We usually add -s/-es at the end of the words tomake plural nouns. Please pay attention that plural nouns are not always ended with -s/-es.Some of them are irregular, such as men, women, children, geese, deer and fish.

In negative sentences, remember to put the word not after the word is or are (There is not/There are not or There isn’t/There aren’t). Put the word is or are in the beginning ofsentences when you make interrogative sentences (Is there . . .?/Are there . . .?).

Study the following patterns.

(+) There + is + singular nounThere + are + plural noun

(–) There + is not (isn’t) + singular nounThere + are not (aren’t) + plural noun

(?) Is + there + singular noun + adverb of place?Is + there + plural noun + adverb of place?

Examples:1. There are six windows in my classroom.2. There isn’t an air conditioner in my classroom.3. Are there blackboards in your classroom?

Ulfa, please tell methe things in your

bag.There are four booksand a pencil case in

my bag, Sir.What else?

There is a dictionary.

O.K.


Cardinal Numbers

Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed word.

Do you wantsome cakes?Yes. I’ll take one.

Thank you.

The word one is a cardinal number.Here are some cardinal numbers from 1 to 40.

Prepositions: in, at, on, behind, near, beside, in front of, under, above

Read the text and understand the explanation.

This is my classroom. There are forty students in my classroom. I sit beside Bonny.Septi and Yuli are in front of me. Indah and Yuni are behind me.

Look! Ms. Anita is at the front. She is our homeroom teacher. She is writing somethingon the whiteboard. We are going to have a Geography class. There is already a map on thewall.

My classroom is near a canteen. It is sometimes very noisy. However, we are happy tostudy in it.

1one

6six

11eleven

16sixteen

21twenty one

2two

7seven

12twelve

17seventeen

30thirty

3three

8eight

13thirteen

18eighteen

32thirty two

4four

9nine

14fourteen

19nineteen

40forty

5five

10ten

15fifteen

20twenty

94 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

The words in, beside, in front of, behind, at, on and near are prepositions. We useprepositions to show where someone or something is located.● In in Indonesian means di dalam.● At means di (for example: at home, at the front).● On means di atas or di (for example: on the table, on the wall).● Behind means di belakang.● Near means di dekat.● Beside means di sebelah.● In front of means di depan.● Under means di bawah.● Above means di atas (menggantung di atas sesuatu).● Between means di antara (two things).

How Many

Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words.

We use How many to ask about numbers or the quantity of countable nouns.To answer the questions with How many, we can use There is or There are.

Patterns: How many + nouns + be + . . . ?

We usually answer it with: There + be + number + noun(s)

Note:We use “There is” for singular nouns.We use “There are” for plural nouns.

Examples:

1. Tina : How many desks are there in our classroom?Luki : There are thirty five desks.

2. Heny : How many blackboards are there in our classroom?Rosa : There is only one.

3. Ervan : How many people are there in the car?Ria : There are four people.

Four.

How manyballpoints do you

have?

Lend me one,please.

Here you are.


A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs while you are listening to him/her.


Dialog 1

Mr. Aji : You will have a new classmate. His name is Bayu. Bayu, please (1) come forward.Bayu : Yes, Sir.Mr. Aji : Please (2) introduce yourself.Bayu : All right, Sir.Mr. Aji : O.K., everyone. Please pay (3) attention to Bayu.Students : O.K.

Dialog 2

Mrs. Wijaya : Listy, are you (4) busy now?Listy : Not really, Mom. What’s up?Mrs. Wijaya : (5) Buy me some cooking oil, please.Listy : (6) Right away, Mom.Mrs. Wijaya : Good girl.

Dialog 3

Danang : Hey, don’t (7) touch the fence!Panji : Why?Danang : The paint is (8) wet.Panji : Oh, thanks.Danang : Anytime.

Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions below.

1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?Contoh jawaban: The expressions of greetings and introducing ourselves and other people.

2. What do you say to greet your teacher in the morning?Contoh jawaban: I say, “Good morning, Sir/Ma’am.”

3. What do you say when you leave your classmate?Contoh jawaban: I say, “Goodbye” or “See you.”

4. What do you say to introduce yourself to a new friend?Contoh jawaban: I say, “My name is Adrian. What is your name?”

5. What do you say to introduce your friend to your parents?Contoh jawaban: I say, “Dad/Mom, this is Mita, my friend.”

96 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Dialog 4

Mrs. Rosa : Fajar, come here, please.Fajar : Yes, Ma’am. What can I do for you?Mrs. Rosa : (9) Bring me these workbooks to the teacher room, please.Fajar : (10) Sure, Ma’am.Mrs. Rosa : Thank you very much.Fajar : You are welcome.

B. Find the meanings of the words or phrases below.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. come forward = maju ke depan2. pay attention = memperhatikan3. busy = sibuk4. cooking oil = minyak goreng5. touch = menyentuh6. fence = pagar7. paint = cat8. wet = basah9. workbook = buku tugas

10. teacher room = ruang guru

C. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 11. Where do you think the dialog happens?

Jawaban: In a classroom.2. What is Bayu going to do?

Jawaban: He is going to introduce himself.3. What does Mr. Aji ask the students to do?

Jawaban: He asks the students to pay attention to Bayu.

Dialog 21. What is the relationship between the speakers?

Jawaban: Mother and her daughter.2. What does Mrs. Wijaya ask Listy to do?

Jawaban: She asks Listy to buy her some cooking oil.3. Does Listy do the instruction? How do you know?

Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, “Right away, Mom.”

Dialog 31. What will Panji touch?

Jawaban: A fence.2. Why does Danang forbid Panji to touch the fence?

Jawaban: Because the paint is wet.

Dialog 41. What do you think the relationship between the speakers is?

Jawaban: Teacher and student.2. Where will Fajar bring the workbooks?

Jawaban: To the teacher room.


D. Listen to your teacher.Complete the sentences below based on what you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

1. Put your book on your desk.2. Please open your book.3. Please copy the sentences.4. Draw a line, please.5. Submit your work, please.6. Don’t stand at the door.7. Don’t come late, please.8. Don’t make a noise in the class.9. Don’t make the wall dirty.

10. Don’t play in the class.

E. Find the meanings of the sentences in Task D in Indonesian.

Jawaban:1. Letakkan bukumu di atas mejamu. 2. Bukalah bukumu.3. Salinlah kalimat-kalimat ini. 4. Gambarlah sebuah garis.5. Kumpulkan pekerjaan kalian. 6. Jangan berdiri di pintu.7. Jangan datang terlambat. 8. Jangan ribut/berisik di kelas.9. Jangan mengotori tembok. 10. Jangan bermain di dalam kelas.

F. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Father : Rita, make me a cup of coffee,

please.Rita : Right away, Dad.Father : Thanks.

1. What is the relationship between thespeakers?A. Two friends.B. Two teachers.C. Teacher and student.D. Father and his daughter.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan, pembicara kedua(Rita) menjawab dengan sebutan ”Dad”yang artinya ”Ayah”. Jadi, hubungan antarpembicara adalah ayah dan anakperempuannya (father and his daughter).

2. What will the girl do?A. Buy a cup of coffee.B. Make a cup of coffee.C. Order a cup of coffee.D. Look for coffee.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan, pembicara pertama(father) mengatakan, ”Rita, make mea cup of coffee, please.” yang artinya”Rita, tolong buatkan secangkir kopi.”.Kalimat tersebut dijawab dengan ”Rightaway, Dad.” yang artinya ”Segera,Ayah.”. Itu menunjukkan bahwa gadistersebut akan membuatkan secangkirkopi.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions1 and 2.

98 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Listen to the dialog and answer questions3 to 5.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Tommy : Mom, I’ll go to the English

course now.Mother : O.K. Don’t forget to bring your

raincoat, dear.Tommy : I don’t, Mom.Mother : Good. Take care.Tommy : I will. Bye, Mom.Mother : Bye, dear.

3. Where do you think the dialog takesplace?A. At home. B. In a classroom.C. In a bookshop. D. In a restaurant.Jawaban: APercakapan tersebut tentang seoranganak laki-laki yang berpamitan kepadaibunya, sebelum pergi ke tempat kursusbahasa Inggris. Hal itu menunjukkanbahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi dirumah (at home).

4. Where will the boy go?A. To his friend’s house.B. To school.C. To the English course.D. To the zoo.Jawaban: CAnak laki-laki tersebut mengatakan ”Mom,I’ll go to the English course now.” yangartinya ”Bu, saya akan pergi ke tempatkursus bahasa Inggris sekarang.”. Jadi,anak tersebut akan pergi ke tempatkursus Bahasa Inggris, bukan ke (A)rumah temannya, (B) sekolah, atau (D)kebun binatang.

5. What does the boy bring with him?A. An umbrella. B. A raincoat.C. A jacket. D. A hat.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan ibu berkata, ”Don’tforget to bring your raincoat, dear.”. Anaklaki-laki tersebut menjawab, ”I don’t,Mom.”. Jadi, anak laki-laki tersebutmembawa raincoat (jas hujan).

A. Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the boxes.

Dialog 1

● take out ● open ● clean

Mr. Sanusi : Galih, (1) ________ the blackboard, please.Galih : Yes, Sir.Mr. Sanusi : Thank you.Galih : You are welcome.Mr. Sanusi : O.K. Now, students, please (2) ________ your math textbooks and (3) ________ page 10.Students : Yes, Sir.

Dialog 2

● call ● feed ● ask ● wrong

Lia : Oh, gosh!Uci : What’s (4) ________?Lia : I forgot to (5) ________ my cat this morning. I was in a hurry.Uci : Um . . . (6) ________ your brother and (7) ________ him to feed your cat.Lia : Good idea. Thanks.Uci : You are welcome.


Dialog 3

● look ● corner ● put

Rio : Excuse me, Ma’am. I’m Rio, Mr. Andi’s student. I want to (8) ________ theseworkbooks on his desk. Can you tell me where his desk is?

Mrs. Linda : Sure. Um . . . (9) ________ over there! His desk is in the (10) ________ of this room.Rio : O.K. Thanks for your help, Ma’am.Mrs. Linda : You are welcome.

Jawaban:1. clean 2. take out 3. open 4. wrong 5. feed6. call 7. ask 8. put 9. look 10. corner

B. Find the meanings of the words below.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. prepare = mempersiapkan/menyiapkan2. feed = memberi makan3. call = menelepon4. corner = pojok5. desk = meja

C. Complete the sentences with the words in Task B.

1. ________ me when you need help.2. There is a nice aquarium in the ________ of my living room.3. Visitors are not allowed to ________ the animals in the zoo.4. There is a set of computer on the ________.5. Students ________ themselves for the mid-examination.

Jawaban:1. Call 2. corner 3. feed 4. desk 5. prepare

D. State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the completedialogs in Task A.Correct the false ones.

Dialog 11. ______ The dialog takes place in a library.2. ______ Galih is going to clean the blackboard.3. ______ Mr. Sanusi asks his students to close their books.

Dialog 24. ______ Uci has a cat.5. ______ Uci asks Lia to call her brother.6. ______ The two girls are friends.7. ______ Lia will ask her mother to feed the cat.

Dialog 38. ______ The dialog takes place in a classroom.9. ______ Rio is a student.

10. ______ Rio is going to meet Mr. Andi.

100 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Jawaban:1. F. The dialog takes place in a classroom.2. T3. F. Mr. Sanusi asks his students to open their books.4. F. Lia is the one who has a cat.5. T6. T7. F. Lia will ask her brother to feed the cat.8. F. The dialog takes place in a teacher room.9. T

10. F. Rio is going to put the workbooks on Mr. Andi’s desk.

Variasi:

Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the box.

a. Get b. Turn it off c. Don’t sitd. Let e. Listen

Dialog 1Tiwi : Look out!Wulan : What’s up?Tiwi : (1) ________ on the chair. The paint is still wet.Wulan : Oh, thanks.Tiwi : Anytime.

Dialog 2Mother : (2) ________! The tap is running.Dina : You’re right, Mom.Mother : (3) ________, please.Dina : On my way.

Dialog 3Mother : Who is the girl in the verandah?Virna : She’s Mila, my classmate.Mother : (4) ________ her in.Virna : O.K., Mom.Mother : (5) ________ her some drink and cookies.Virna : Right away.

Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. b 4. d 5. a

E. Rearrange the sentences below into proper dialogs.

Percakapan-percakapan soal dan jawaban:

Dialog 1

Mother : Sure. Remember, lock the door. Don’t let any strangers come in.

Yudi : O.K. Buy me some snacks, please.

Mother : Yudi, I will go to the market. Please stay at home, O.K.?

Yudi : All right. Don’t worry, Mom.

3

2

1

4


Dialog 2

Maya : O.K. Thanks for your information.

Librarian: My pleasure.

Maya : Excuse me, Miss. Can you tell me where the fiction section is?

Librarian : Um . . . . go along this aisle and turn right. You will find a notice saying “Fiction Section”.

3

4

1

2

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the words below.Then, make sentences using the words.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. stranger = orang asing2. stay = tinggal3. fiction = fiksi4. aisle = lorong, gang, jalanan di antara dua tempat duduk5. turn right = belok kanan

Contoh jawaban:

1. Don’t trust any strangers.2. It is raining heavily. Please stay at home.3. I like reading a fiction story.4. There are three aisles in my library.5. If you meet a junction, turn right and walk for about 100 meters.

F. Answer the questions based on the proper dialogs in Task E.

Dialog 11. Where do you think the dialog takes place?

Jawaban: It takes place at home.2. Where will mother go?

Jawaban: To the market.3. What does Yudi ask his mother to do?

Jawaban: To buy him some snacks.4. What does mother ask Yudi not to do?

Jawaban: She asks Yudi not to let any strangers come in.

Dialog 21. Where does the dialog happen?

Jawaban: In a library.2. Where is Maya going to go?

Jawaban: To the fiction section.3. What will Maya find after she has walked along the aisle and turned right?

Jawaban: A notice saying “Fiction Section”.

102 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

a b c d e

f g h i j

Variasi:

A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.

Percakapan soal dan jawaban:

Naura : Great!

Mita : I think so too.

Naura : Look at the sky! Cloudy, isn’t it? I think it is going to rain.

Mita : Don’t worry, I bring an umbrella.

Naura : Oh, no . . . it’s raining.

B. Answer the following questions based on the proper dialog in Task A.1. How is the sky?

Jawaban: It is cloudy.2. What happens then?

Jawaban: It’s raining.3. Why does Mita ask Naura not to worry?

Jawaban: Because she brings an umbrella.

5

2

1

4

3

G. Read the instructions below.Match them with the correct pictures.

1. Sweep the floor, please. 2. Clean the table, please.3. Don’t litter, please. 4. Wash the dishes, please.5. Read the book, please. 6. Don’t pick up the flower, please.7. Mop the floor, please. 8. Water the plant, please.9. Don’t walk on the grass, please. 10. Don’t touch the socket, please.

Jawaban:1. e 2. j 3. a 4. h 5. i6. b 7. g 8. f 9. c 10. d


H. Ask and answer questions about the things below with your friends.Use “How many” and “There is/There are”.See the example.

Example:Books in the bag.You : How many books are there in your bag?Your friend : There are six books.

1. Chairs in the classroom.2. Windows in the classroom.3. Students in the classroom.4. Pencils in the pencil case.5. Pictures on the wall.

Contoh jawaban:1. You : How many chairs are there in our classroom?

Your friend : There are thirty eight chairs.2. Your friend : How many windows are there in our classroom?

You : There are six windows.3. You : How many students are there in our classroom?

Your friend : There are thirty six students.4. Your friend : How many pencils are there in your pencil case?

You : There are two pencils in my pencil case.5. You : How many pictures are there on the wall?

Your friend : There are three pictures.

Variasi:

Complete the sentences below with ‘is’ or ‘are’.

1. There ________ a volleyball court in my school.2. Look! There ________ five cows in the field.3. ________ there anyone in the toilet?4. ________ there many animals in the zoo?5. There ________ not five people in the living room. There are only four.

Jawaban:1. is 2. are 3. Is 4. Are 5. are

I. Complete the sentences with ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the’.

Rina : Oh no, it’s raining.Tria : Don’t worry. We can go home together. I bring ________ umbrella.Rina : But I need to go to ________ bookstore. I want to buy ________ book about making craft.Tria : What a coincidence! I want to go there too. I need some stationery.Rina : That’s good! Let’s go together, then.Tria : Sure. But, first we need to find ________ bus. Let’s go to ________ bus stop.Rina : Let’s.

Jawaban:1. an 2. a 3. a 4. a 5. the

104 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Variasi:

Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan latihan lain sebagai berikut.1. Look! ________ green car over there is mine.2. I have ________ brother and two sisters.3. Mr. Arso is ________ good teacher. We like him.4. There is ________ eagle in the cage.5. There are two rulers on my desk. ________ longer one is not mine.

Jawaban:1. The 2. a 3. a 4. an 5. The

J. Make sentences based on the pictures.Use proper prepositions.Number one has been done for you.

There is a ball underthe table.

1 2 3

___________________ ___________________

___________________

4 5 6

___________________ ___________________

Jawaban:2. There is a clock on the wall.3. There are two cups on the table.4. There is a bookshelf near the desk.5. There is a dictionary between the bags.6. There are some fish in the aquarium.


K. Ask your friend sitting next to you to do the actions and give responses.Do it in turns.

Example:Get me a ruler, please.

You may say, “Get me a ruler, please.”Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she gets a ruler for you.

1. Stand up, please.2. Please sit down.3. Raise your hand, please.4. Get me an eraser, please.5. Get me a dictionary, please.

Contoh jawaban:1. You say, “Stand up, please.”

Your friend responds, “All right.”, then he/she stands up.2. Your friend says, “Please sit down.”

You respond, “Thank you.”, and then he/she sits down.3. You say, “Raise your hand, please.”

Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she raises his/her hand.4. Your friend says, “Get me an eraser, please.”

You respond, “Here it is.”, and he/she gets an eraser for you.5. You say, “Get me a dictionary, please.”

Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she gets a dictionary for you.

Variasi:

Do the instructions below.

1. Your teacher will ask one of the students to do three things.2. The student (Student A) must do as instructed.3. Student A will call another student (Student B) when he/she has finished doing the instructions

and then ask the Student B to do three other things.4. Student B comes to the front of the class and does the instructions.

Contoh jawaban:Guru meminta seorang siswa (Siswa A) untuk melakukan tiga hal. Tiga hal tersebut, misalnya:1. Stand up.2. Come forward.3. Open the door.Setelah Siswa A melakukan tiga hal tersebut, dia dapat meminta siswa lain (Siswa B) untukmelakukan tiga hal yang lain. Lakukan secara bergantian.

106 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

L. In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations below.Practice the dialogs with your friend.

1. Your bedroom is dirty and messed up. Your mother asks you to clean and tidy it.How would the conversation go?

2. One of your friends is not feeling well. Your teacher asks you to take him/her to the sick bay.How would the conversation go?

Contoh jawaban:1. Mother : Look, your bedroom is very dirty. Please, clean it.

Anita : Sure, Mom.Mother : Sweep the floor, please. And don’t forget to tidy up your bed.Anita : Right away, Mom.

2. Mrs. Hadi : Ayu, please take Lala to the sick bay. She is not feeling well.Ayu : Yes, Ma’am.Mrs. Hadi : Thank you, Ayu.Ayu : No problem, Ma’am. Come on, Lala.Lala : O.K. Thanks.

Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan variasi soal sebagai berikut.

1. Your little sister is playing with a knife. You ask her not to play with it.What would you say? How would your sister respond to it?

2. There are many red ants on a bench. You forbid your little sister to sit on it.What would you say? How would your sister respond to it?

3. You are watching TV late at night. Your father asks you to turn off the TV and go to bedbecause tomorrow is not a holiday.How would the conversation happen?

Contoh jawaban:1. Fitri : Don’t play with a knife!

Vera : Why?Fitri : It may hurt you. It’s dangerous. Give the knife to me!Vera : O.K. Here you are.

2. Iwan : Don’t sit on the bench, Ika!Ika : Why is that?Iwan : Look! There are many red ants on the bench.Ika : I see. Thanks.Iwan : Anytime.

3. Father : Hey, what are you doing late at night?Rudi : I’m seeing a film, Dad.Father : It’s already late. Tomorrow is not a holiday, right? Turn off the television.Rudi : But, Dad, it’s a good film. I want to see it.Father : No excuse. Turn it off and go to bed. I don’t want to find out you wake up late

tomorow morning.


2.2 Short Functional Texts: Notices

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation.

Prepare a sheet of paper, please. Put your books away. We will have a test now.Don’t cheat.

Written Text

Read the following text and understand the explanation.

What you have just heard is a spoken notice. Its purpose is to inform people aboutsomething or to tell people to do/not to do something.

The text above is a written notice. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information ora warning. A notice is also called a caution. It is usually in the form of instructions or prohibitions.

To make notices, we usually use the patterns below.

Verb base + . . . .Don’t + verb base + . . . .No + nounNo + verb-ing

Examples:

1. 2.

3. 4.

Keep the room clean Don’t touch the cable

No entry No littering

No smoking

108 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Answer the questions below.

1. Have you ever read a notice?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.

2. What does it say?Contoh jawaban: It says “Staff only”.

3. Where do you find the notice?Contoh jawaban: In my brother’s company.

A. Listen to your teacher.Write down his/her sentences.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Don’t pick the flowers.2. Please keep your classroom clean.3. Don’t leave the laboratory dirty.4. Please park your bikes in the bicycle shed.5. Welcome to this library. Please put your bags in the locker.

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the notices you have heard in Task A.Jawaban:1. Jangan memetik bunga.2. Jagalah kebersihan kelas kalian.3. Jangan meninggalkan laboratorium dalam keadaan kotor.4. Mohon parkir sepeda kalian di tempat parkir sepeda.5. Selamat datang di perpustakaan ini. Mohon taruh tas kalian di loker.

B. Listen to the sentences in Task A once again.State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Notice 11. ______ The notice means that we are allowed to pick the flowers.2. ______ We can hear such a notice in a canteen.

Notice 23. ______ The notice means that we should keep the classroom clean.4. ______ We are allowed to make the classroom dirty.

Notice 35. ______ We should make the laboratory dirty.6. ______ We can hear the notice in a laboratory.


Notice 47. ______ There is no bicycle shed in the place.8. ______ The notice is for the ones who ride bicycles.

Notice 59. ______ The speaker asks visitors to put their bags in the locker.

10. ______ We can hear such a notice in a classroom.

Jawaban:1. F. The notice means that we are not allowed to pick the flowers.2. F. We can hear such a notice in a garden.3. T4. F. We are not allowed to make the classroom dirty.5. F. We should make the laboratory clean.6. T7. F. There is a bicycle shed in the place.8. T9. T

10. F. We can hear such a notice in a library.

C. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. Teks yang dibacakan guru:Please keep quiet. Don’t talk during thetest.

The speaker asks the listeners to________.A. keep quietB. keep talkingC. talk during the textD. follow the testJawaban: AKalimat ”Please keep quiet. Don’t talkduring the test.” artinya ”Harap tenang.Dilarang berbicara selama ujian.”. Jadi,dalam notice tersebut, pembicara memintapendengar untuk tetap tenang (keep quiet).

2. Teks yang dibacakan guru:Students, please prepare yourselvesand then go to the gym.

What will the students do?A. Clean the gym.B. Go to the field.C. Go to the gym.D. Go to their classroom.Jawaban: CKalimat ”Students, please prepareyourselves and then go to the gym.”

artinya ”Murid-murid, bersiap-siaplah dankemudian pergilah ke gedung olahraga.”.Jadi, yang akan dilakukan para siswaadalah pergi ke gedung olahraga (go tothe gym).

3. Teks yang dibacakan guru:Please turn off your mobile phones.

What should you do when you hear thenotice?A. Sell our mobile phones.B. Turn our mobile phones off.C. Buy a new mobile phone.D. Leave our mobile phones.Jawaban: BKalimat ”Please turn off your mobilephones.” artinya ”Matikan telepon genggamkalian.”. Jadi, apabila kita mendengar noticetersebut, kita seharusnya mematikantelepon genggam kita (turn our mobilephones off).

4. Teks yang dibacakan guru:Students, please collect your paper onmy desk. Then, you can leave the room.

110 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

What does the notice mean?A. We should put the paper out.B. We should leave the classroom.C. We should go out.D. We should submit the paper on the

speaker’s desk.Jawaban: DKalimat ”Students, please collect yourpaper on my desk. Then, you can leavethe room.” artinya ”Murid-murid,kumpulkan kertas kalian di meja saya.Setelah itu, kalian boleh meninggalkanruangan.”. Jadi, dalam notice tersebut,pembicara meminta pendengarmenyerahkan kertas mereka di mejapembicara (submit the paper on thespeaker’s desk).

5. Teks yang dibacakan guru:Turn off the computer before you leavethe room.

We should turn off the computer before________.A. entering the roomB. cleaning the roomC. leaving the roomD. making the room dirtyJawaban: CKalimat ”Turn off the computer beforeleaving the room.” artinya ”Matikankomputer sebelum meninggalkan ruangan.”.Jadi, dalam notice tersebut, pembicarameminta pendengar supaya mematikankomputer sebelum meninggalkan ruangan(before leaving the room).

Push

According to the notice, what should we do to open the door?Jawaban: We should push it.

2. The notice below is on the gate of an office.

What does the notice mean?Jawaban: We mustn’t enter the place.

3. The notice below is in a library.

Put the books back to the shelf

What should we do with the books after we have read them?Jawaban: We should put them back to the shelf.

No entry

A. Read the following notices.Answer the questions orally.

1. The notice below is on a door.


B. Make notices based on the situations below.Read your notices aloud.

1. You see your friends talking aloud in the library.2. You see your friends sleeping during the lesson.3. You ask your friends to gather in the field.4. You see your friend playing with his mobile phone during the lesson.5. You ask your friend to come on time.

Contoh jawaban:1. Keep silent, please.

Stop talking, please.2. Don’t sleep in the classroom.3. Gather in the field, please.4. Please pay attention to our teacher.

Stop playing your mobile phone.5. Please come on time.

Please don’t be late.

Don’t leave the room dirty

Keep your room tidy

4. The notice below is in a sitting room.

What does the notice mean?Jawaban: We mustn’t leave the room dirty./We must keep the room clean.

5. Your mother puts this notice in your room.

What should you do?Jawaban: I should keep my room tidy.

A. Rearrange the words below into proper notices.

1. trees–don’t–the–cut2. clean–keep–classroom–the3. wear–your–don’t–hat–room–in–the4. the–the–dustbin–garbage–put–into5. on–time–book–return–the

Jawaban:1. Don’t cut the trees.2. Keep the classroom clean.3. Don’t wear your hat in the room.4. Put the garbage into the dustbin.5. Return the book on time.

112 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

B. Find the meanings of the words below.Look up your dictionary if needed.

Kata-kata soal dan jawaban:1. garbage = sampah2. dustbin = tempat sampah3. wear = mengenakan, memakai4. on time = tepat waktu5. return = mengembalikan

C. What does each notice in Task A mean?

Jawaban:1. We musn’t cut the trees.2. We should keep the classroom clean.3. We mustn’t wear a hat in the room.4. We should put the garbage into the dustbin.5. We have to return the book on time.

D. Match each notice below with the correct picture.

Jawaban:1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d

a b c d e

1.Don’t draw anything on the wall

2.Put off your shoes before you

enter the room

3.Please keep silent in the library

4.Park here

5.Keep the cage clean


E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. According to the notice, we should not________.A. join the examB. make noisesC. keep quietD. watch the examJawaban: BNotice tersebut artinya ”Harap tenang.Sedang ada ujian.”. Jadi, hal yang tidakboleh dilakukan adalah berisik (makenoises).

2. Where may you find the notice?A. At school.B. In a bus stop.C. In a library.D. On the street.Jawaban: ANotice tersebut dapat ditemui di sekolah(at school) karena berisi peringatan saatberlangsungnya ujian.

3.

What does the notice mean?A. We should not keep our surroundings

tidy.B. We should not clean our surroundings.C. We should clean the notice.D. We should not litter.Jawaban: DKalimat ”Keep your surroundings clean.”artinya ”Jagalah kebersihan lingkungan.”.Jadi, notice tersebut memiliki maknabahwa kita tidak boleh membuangsampah sembarangan (we should notlitter).

Read the notice and answer questions 1and 2.

4. The notice above is on the door of a roomin a shop. What does the notice mean?A. All people can enter the place.B. Only the staff of the shop are allowed

to read the notice.C. Only the staff of the shop are allowed

to enter.D. All staff are not allowed to enter.Jawaban: CNotice tersebut bermakna bahwa hanyakaryawan toko saja yang diperbolehkanmasuk ruangan tersebut (only the staff ofthe shop are allowed to enter).

5. The notice is for ________.A. the shop ownerB. the customersC. the passengersD. the studentsJawaban: BKarena notice tersebut diletakkan disebuah pintu di dalam toko, notice tersebutditujukan kepada pelanggan toko tersebut(the customers), bukan (A) pemilik toko,(C) para penumpang, dan (D) para siswa.

Read the notice and answer questions6 and 7.

6. When you see the notice on the door, itmeans ________.A. we should not touch the doorB. we should make the paint wetC. we should not paint the doorD. we should paint the doorJawaban: ANotice tersebut artinya ”Cat basah”. Jikanotice tersebut diletakkan di pintu, ituartinya cat pintu tersebut masih basah dantentu saja kita tidak boleh menyentuhnya(we should not touch the door).

Keep silent

Exam is in progress

Keep yoursurroundings clean

Staff only


Wet paint

114 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

7. The opposite meaning of the word ‘wet’ is________.A. small B. goodC. dry D. thinJawaban: DKata ’wet’ artinya ’basah’. Kata tersebutmemiliki makna yang berlawanan dengankata dry yang artinya kering. Small artinyakecil, good artinya baik/bagus, dan thinartinya tipis.


9. Where can we find the notice?A. In a classroom.B. In a garden.C. In a library.D. At the bus stop.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kata kunci ”thelibrary” yang artinya ”perpustakaan.”. Ituberarti notice tersebut berada di sebuahperpustakaan.

10.

Show your member cardbefore you enter the library

8. The notice means that one should________ to enter the place.A. sell a member cardB. hide a member cardC. keep a member cardD. bring a member cardJawaban: DNotice tersebut artinya ”Tunjukkan kartuanggota kalian sebelum kalian masuk keperpustakaan.”. Itu berarti bahwaseseorang harus membawa kartu anggota(bring a member card) untuk bisa masuk kedalam perpustakaan.

Principal is available

You see the notice on the wall of yourprincipal’s room. What does the noticemean?A. The principal is absent.B. The principal is in his/her room.C. The principal is sick.D. The principal is not at school.Jawaban: BNotice tersebut artinya ”Kepala sekolahhadir.”. Itu artinya kepala sekolah beradadi ruangannya (The principal is in his/herroom).

A. Find some notices in your school.Write them in your workbook and find their meanings.

Contoh jawaban:

1.No late comers

2.Don’t make any noise

Meaning: Everyone should not come late.

Meaning: Everyone should keep quiet.


B. Make notices based on the situations below.

1. Many students throw garbage in the school yard. What would you write to warn them?2. Your friends sometimes do not do the duty rooster. What would you write to warn them?3. You are doing your homework. You don’t want to be disturbed. What notice would you put on

your door?4. The librarian asks you to write a notice that visitors should leave the books on the table. What

would you write?

Contoh jawaban:

1.No littering

2.Do the duty rooster

3.Don’t disturb

4.Just leave the books

on the table

Find notices in your surroundings as much as you can.Rewrite the notices on your workbook.


absent : tidak hadiraisle : lorong, gang, jalan di antara

tempat dudukavailable : hadir, adabench : bangkucloudy : mendungcorner : pojokcourse : les/kursusdustbin : tempat sampahduty rooster : jadwal piketfence : pagar

fiction : fiksigarbage : sampahgather : berkumpullitter : mengotoripaint : catpush : mendorongsection : bagiansick bay : UKSsilent : tenangstranger : orang asingsurroundings : lingkungantowel : handukturn off : mematikanwater : menyirami

116 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

1. Mother : This coffee is not sweet. ________me some sugar, please.

Tina : O.K., Mom.Mother : Thank you.A. CookB. WatchC. LookD. GetJawaban: DKarena ibu berkata bahwa kopinya tidakmanis, ibu menyuruh Tina mengambilkangula. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat tersebut adalah ’get’ yang artinya’ambilkan’. Jadi, makna kalimat soal adalah”Kopi ini tidak manis. Tolong ambilkan gula.”.Cook artinya memasak, watch artinyamenonton, dan look artinya memandang.

2. Mr. Rahmat : Andri, ________ your hat inclassroom, please.

Andri : Yes, Sir.A. don’t closeB. don’t wearC. don’t cleanD. don’t drawJawaban: BKarena objek dari hal tersebut adalah topi(hat), frasa peringatan yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’don’t wear’.Kata tersebut membentuk kalimat lengkapyang artinya ”Andri, tolong jangan memakaitopi di dalam kelas.”. Don’t close artinyajangan menutup, don’t clean artinya janganmembersihkan, dan don’t draw artinyajangan menggambar.

3. Father : Nisa, our flowers look dry._______ them, please.

Nisa : Sure, Dad.Father : Good.A. ThrowB. FeedC. WaterD. Cut

Jawaban: CKarena bunga-bunga tampak kering, katayang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soaladalah ’water’ yang artinya ’sirami’. Jadi,makna kalimat soal adalah ”Nisa, bunga-bunga kita terlihat kering. Tolong siramibunga-bunga itu.”. Throw artinya tempatkan,feed artinya beri makan, dan cut artinyapotong.

4. Mother : Tommy, are you busy?Tommy : No, Mom. What’s up?Mother : Cut the grass in our backyard,

please.Tommy : ________, Mom.Mother : Thank you.A. Right awayB. No wayC. Don’t go thereD. Don’t cut the grassJawaban: AKarena ibu Tommy mengucapkan terimakasih, dapat dipastikan bahwa Tommysetuju untuk melakukan perintah ibunya(memotong rumput di kebun belakang).Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya segeraadalah respons yang tepat. Pilihan jawaban(B) untuk menolak melakukan sesuatu,sedangkan (C) dan (D) adalah ungkapanlarangan.

5. Jaya : I’m not feeling well.Damar : Go to the ________, please.Jaya : You are right. Thanks.A. canteenB. libraryC. sick bayD. teacher roomJawaban: CKarena Jaya merasa tidak enak badan,Damar menyarankan dia untuk pergi ke UKS(sick bay), bukan ke (A) kantin, (B)perpustakaan, ataupun (D) ruang guru.


6. Anwar : Accompany me to the bookstore,please.

Vito : No problem.What does Anwar express?A. He asks someone not to do something.B. He asks someone to do something.C. He introduces someone to other

people.D. He greets someone.Jawaban: BUngkapan Anwar artinya ”Temani sayake toko buku.”. Ungkapan tersebut adalahungkapan meminta seseorang melakukansesuatu (ask someone to do something).

7. Mother : Panji, don’t disturb your brother,please.

Panji : Yes, Mom.What does Panji’s mother express?A. She asks someone not to do

something.B. She asks someone to do something.C. She introduces someone to other

people.D. She greets someone.Jawaban: AUngkapan ibu Panji artinya ”Panji, janganganggu kakakmu.”. Ungkapan tersebutadalah ungkapan meminta seseorang untuktidak melakukan sesuatu (ask someone notto do something).

8. You ask your friends not to play football inthe street. What would you say?A. Play football with me, please.B. Don’t play outside, please.C. Don’t ask your friends to play football.D. Don’t play football in the street.Jawaban: DUngkapan untuk melarang teman-temanbermain bola di jalan adalah ”Don’t playfootball in the street.” yang artinya ”Janganbermain bola di jalan.”.

9. Mr. Susilo : Heru, ________ students areabsent today?

Heru : Two students, Sir.Mr. Susilo : Who are they?Heru : Agus and Anto.

A. whatB. whenC. how muchD. how manyJawaban: DBerdasarkan kalimat jawaban Heru, ”Twostudents, Sir.” yang menyatakan jumlah,dapat disimpulkan bahwa kalimatsebelumnya menanyakan jumlah. Katayang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tanyayang menanyakan jumlah adalah ’howmany’, karena diikuti kata benda yang dapatdihitung. What (apa) menanyakan benda,when (kapan) menanyakan waktu, dan howmuch (berapa banyak) untuk jumlah bendayang tidak dapat dihitung.

10. Mr. Ervan : Please put your books________ my desk.

Students : Yes, Sir.A. inB. atC. onD. nearJawaban: CPreposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’on’ yang artinya ’diatas’. In artinya di dalam, at artinya di/pada,dan near artinya di dekat.

11. Asti : Look! The plane is flying ________the town.

Heny : You are right.A. onB. aboveC. betweenD. underJawaban: BPreposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’above’ yang artinya ’diatas’ (menggantung). On artinya di atas/di,between artinya di antara, dan under artinyadi bawah.

12. Father : Your friend is standing ________the door. Please meet her.

Diah : Sure, Dad.A. atB. onC. underD. above

118 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

Jawaban: APreposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’at’ yang artinya ’di’. Onartinya di atas/di, under artinya di bawah,dan above artinya di atas (menggantung).

13. Santi : How many teachers are there inyour school?

Aulia : ________ 25 teachers.A. There isn’tB. Are thereC. There isD. There areJawaban: DKarena kata benda yang mengikutiberbentuk jamak (plural), kata yang tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah’There are’. There isn’t untuk kalimat negatif(penyangkalan), Are there untuk kalimattanya, dan There is apabila kata bendanyatunggal.

14. Ms. Tina : ________ any students in thelibrary now?

Retno : Yes, there are five students.A. There aren’tB. There areC. Are thereD. Is thereJawaban: CKalimat soal menggunakan pola kalimattanya dengan kata benda jamak (anystudents). Jadi, kata yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’Are there’.

15. Ms. Sinta : Is your mother ________ homenow?

Anang : Yes, she is.A. nearB. inC. atD. onJawaban: CPreposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’at’ yang artinya ’di’.


16. What does the notice mean?A. We can’t bring bags and jackets there.B. We can’t put bags and jackets there.C. We can get bags and jackets there.D. We should choose the bags.Jawaban: ANotice tersebut artinya ”Letakkan tas danjaket Anda di sini.”. Itu artinya kita tidakboleh membawa tas dan jaket di sana (Wecan’t bring bags and jackets there.).

17. Where do you find the notice?A. In the canteen.B. In the library.C. In the teacher room.D. In the classroom.Jawaban: BPeringatan seperti itu dapat ditemui diperpustakaan (library).

Read the notice and answer questions 18 to20.

Put your bags and jackets here

No cycling on the footpath

18. The notice tells that we can’t ________there.A. have a walkB. go joggingC. go picnicD. go bikingJawaban: DNotice tersebut artinya ”Tidak bolehbersepeda di jalan setapak.”. Jadi, yangtidak boleh dilakukan adalah bersepeda (gobiking).

19. The word ‘footpath’ can be best replacedwith the word ________.A. river bank B. roadC. grass D. pavementJawaban: BKata ’footpath’ mempunyai arti yang samadengan kata ’road’ yang artinya ’jalan’.


20. Where can you find such a notice?A. In a park.B. At school.C. In a parking lot.D. In a mall.Jawaban: AKata kunci dalam notice tersebut adalahfootpath. Footpath (jalan setapak) biasaditemui di taman. Jadi, peringatan sepertiitu dapat ditemui di taman (in a park).

B. Complete the sentences with correctwords.

1. Mother : Please buy me ________umbrella, please.

Tika : Sure, Mom.

2. Dian : ________ ducks are there in thepond?

Ratna : There are seven.

3. There ________ only one canteen in myschool.

4. My brother is not feeling well. He is staying________ home now.

5.

The bookshelf is ________ the desk.

Keep off the grass

Turn off your mobile phone duringthe lesson

Waiting room

What does the notice tell you about?Jawaban: The room is for waiting

someone or something.

C. Read the texts, then answer thequestions.

Read the notice and answer questions 1 and 2.

Jawaban:1. an 2. How many3. is 4. at5. beside/next to

1. What does the notice mean?Jawaban: We are not allowed to step on

the grass.2. Where can you find such a notice?

Jawaban: In a garden.


3. According to the notice, what should wedo with our mobile phones?Jawaban: We should turn them off.

4. When do you do that?Jawaban: During the lesson.

5.



kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

120 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


1. Ms. Rita : Udin, get me some chalks,please.

Udin : ________, Ma’am.Ms. Rita : Thank you.A. Good morningB. HelloC. I’m just fineD. Sure

2. Ani : Lisa, ________ the ball to me.Lisa : O.K.A. throwB. feedC. waterD. cut

3. Ani : I’m thirsty.Nana : ________ this iced-tea, please.Ani : Oh, thanks.A. EatB. DrinkC. BuyD. Make

For questions 4 and 5, choose the correctwords to complete the dialog.

Aldo : Wow, (4) ________ new bike, right?Fahri : It is. Do you want to try?Aldo : Yeah.Fahri : Here you are. (5) ________ it

carefully, please.Aldo : O.K. Thank you.

4. A. theB. anC. aD. some

5. A. DrawB. RideC. PutD. Wear

For questions 6 to 8, choose the correctwords to complete the dialog.

Vita : (6) ________ pens do you have?Tania : Two.Vita : (7) ________ me one, please.Tania : O.K. (8) ________ blue one or the

black one?Vita : The blue one, please.Tania : Here you are.Vita : Thanks.

6. A. WhatB. WhereC. WhoD. How many

7. A. LendB. BorrowC. BuyD. Sell

8. A. AB. AnC. TheD. Some

This dialog is for questions 9 to 11.

Mr. Sunu : Bonny, (9) ________ outside,please. You must do yourhomework. Moreover, it’s cloudy. Itwill rain soon.

Bonny : But, Dad, I want to play football.Mr. Sunu : No. (10) ________ your homework

now.Bonny : O.K., Dad.

9. A. don’t studyB. don’t doC. don’t playD. don’t come

10. A. LookB. StudyC. Don’tD. Do


11. What is the relationship between thespeakers?A. Father and his son.B. Teacher and student.C. Two students.D. Two teachers.

Read the dialog and answer questions12 and 13.

Ms. Rista : Fahmi, Deo, move this tableover there, please.

Fahmi and Deo : Sure, Miss.Ms. Rista : Deo, don’t push. Lift it,

please.Deo : O.K., Miss.Ms. Rista : Good. Thank you.

12. Ms. Rista says, “Fahmi, Deo, move this tableover there, please.”What does she express?A. She asks Fahmi and Deo to answer.B. She asks Fahmi and Deo to do

something.C. She asks Fahmi and Deo not to do

something.D. She asks Fahmi and Deo to introduce

themselves.

13. Ms. Rista says, “Deo, don’t push.”What does she express?A. She asks someone to go.B. She asks someone to do something.C. She asks someone not to do

something.D. She asks someone to give information.


Dede : Do you have any pets?Anto : Yes. I have (14) ________ cat, an

iguana and some koi fish.Dede : You have many pets. Which is your

favorite one?Anto : (15) ________ iguana.Dede : Can I see it?Anto : Sure. (16) ________ to my house.Dede : Great!

14. A. theB. someC. anD. a

15. A. TheB. SomeC. AnD. A

16. A. CleanB. CloseC. BuyD. Come

17. Look! ________ many birds in the park.They are beautiful.A. There isB. Are thereC. There areD. Is there

18. Ms. Dian : ________ any studentsin the canteen?

Canteen lady : No, Ms. Dian.A. There isB. Are thereC. There areD. Is there

19. Citra : Tono, ________ triangular rulersdo you have?

Tono : I have two.Citra : Can I borrow one, please?Tono : Sure. Here you are.A. how manyB. whatC. whereD. which

20. My school is very noisy because it is________ the main road.A. betweenB. nearC. aboveD. under

122 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

21. Mother : Silvi, please get me thevegetables ________ the fridge.

Silvi : Right away, Mom.A. betweenB. nearC. atD. in

22. Mr. Himawan is my neighbor. His house is________ my house.A. at B. onC. next to D. between

23. Don’t sit ________ the chair. Its leg isbroken.A. onB. inC. atD. above


27. Where can you find such a notice?A. In a zoo.B. In a movie.C. In a market.D. At school.

28.

The notice tells that the students shouldnot ________ during the exam.A. comeB. studyC. answerD. open the books


Don’t shoot the birds in the park

24. The notice is written to ________ thebirds.A. sellB. protectC. sendD. fly

25. Where can you find the notice?A. At school.B. In a park.C. In a public place.D. In an office.


Don’t feed the animals

26. According to the notice, what shouldn’t wedo there?A. Sell the animals.B. Buy the animals.C. Give food to the animals.D. Clean the cage.

No cheating in the exam

Please pay attention to your teacher

29. Below are the things that we can do,except ________.A. study diligentlyB. listen to our teacherC. talk with our friendsD. keep silent

30. Where can we find the notice?A. In the teacher room.B. In the library.C. In the canteen.D. In the classroom.

B. Complete the sentences with there is,there are, there isn’t, there aren’t, isthere or are there.

1. ________ a pond in the park.2. ________ bicycles in the garden. There

are pedestrians only.3. ________ students in the hall?4. Look! ________ crabs on the beach.5. Watch out! ________ a caterpillar on your

back.


C. Complete the sentences below withcorrect prepositions.

1.

There is a tree ________ the house.2.

There is a cat ________ the table.3. We are studying ________ our classroom.4. Father goes to work. He is _______ his

office now.5. Lidya sits ________ Sekar. They are good

friends.

What is the notice about?


2. What does the notice ask?3. Where can you find the notice?4.

The notice is in the school field. What can’twe do there?

5.

We should keep _______ closed.

D. Read the texts and then answer thequestions.

1.Thank you for not smoking

Return the books on time

No parking

Always close the door

124 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !


A. Pilihan Ganda

1. D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Ms. Ritamenyuruh Udin mengambilkanbeberapa kapur. Jadi, respons yangtepat adalah ”Sure, Ma’am.” yangartinya ”Ya, Bu.”.

2. A. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’throw’ yangartinya ’lemparkan’ karena objekyang dibicarakan adalah bola (theball). Feed artinya memberi makan,water artinya menyirami, dan cutartinya memotong.

3. B. Dalam percakapan tersebut Aniberkata bahwa dia haus. Kemudian,Nana menawarkan es teh. Kata yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soaladalah ’drink’ yang artinya ’minum’.Eat artinya makan, buy artinyamembeli, dan make artinya membuat.

4. C. Karena benda yang dibicarakanadalah benda tunggal yang belumspesifik, article yang digunakanadalah ’a’. Jadi, arti kalimat soaladalah ”Wah, sebuah sepeda baru,ya?”.

5. B. Karena benda yang dimaksud adalahsepeda, kata kerja yang tepat adalah’ride’ yang artinya ’kendarai/naiki’.Draw artinya menggambar, putartinya menaruh, dan wear artinyamemakai.

6. D. Kalimat soal menanyakan jumlahbenda yang dapat dihitung. Hal itudiketahui berdasarkan kalimatjawaban Tania yang menunjukkanjumlah benda (pena). Jadi, kata tanyayang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimatVita tersebut adalah ’how many’.What artinya apa, where artinya dimana, dan who artinya siapa.

7. A. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’Lend’ yangartinya ’pinjami.”. Borrow artinyapinjamkan, buy artinya belikan, dansell artinya jualkan.

8. C. Karena benda yang dimaksud sudahtertentu, yaitu pensil biru, article yangdigunakan adalah the.

9. C. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat tersebut adalah ’don’t play’yang artinya ’jangan bermain’. Hal inidisimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya,yang berarti Pak Sunu menyuruhBonny untuk mengerjakan PR-nya.

10. D. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat tersebut adalah ’Do’ yangartinya ’Kerjakan’ sehinggamembentuk kalimat yang artinya“Kerjakan PR-mu.”. Look artinyamelihat, study artinya belajar, dandon’t artinya jangan.

11. A. Anak laki-laki dalam percakapantersebut memanggil lawan bicaranyadengan sebutan ’Dad’ yang artinya’Ayah’. Jadi, hubungan merekaadalah ayah dan anak (father and hisson).

12. B. Kalimat ”Fahmi, Deo, move this tableover there, please.”. artinya ”Fahmi,Deo, pindahkan meja ini ke sana.”.Ungkapan tersebut merupakanungkapan menyuruh seseorangmelakukan sesuatu (asksomeone to do something), yaitumemindahkan meja.

13. C. Kalimat ”Deo, don’t push.” artinya”Deo, jangan didorong.”. Ungkapantersebut merupakan ungkapanmenyuruh seseorang untuk tidakmelakukan sesuatu (ask someone notto do something).

14. D. Karena kata benda yang mengikutiadalah kata benda tunggal yangbelum spesifik, article yang tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah’a’.

15. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Dedebertanya tentang binatangkesayangan Anto. Anto menjawabbahwa binatang kesayangannyaadalah iguana. Karena iguana dalampercakapan tersebut adalah bendayang sudah spesifik karena sudah


disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya,article yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah ’the’.

16. D. Saat Dede bertanya apakah diadapat melihat iguana milik Anto, Antomengiyakan. Kalimat logis yangmengikutinya adalah menyuruh Dededatang ke rumahnya. Jadi, kata kerjayang tepat untuk membentuk kalimatperintah tersebut adalah ’come’ yangartinya ’datanglah’. Clean artinyabersihkan, close artinya tutuplah, danbuy artinya belilah.

17. C. Kalimat soal adalah kalimataffirmative dengan kata benda plural(many birds). Jadi, kata yang tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat soaltersebut adalah ’There are’.

18. B. Kalimat soal adalah kalimatinterrogative dengan kata bendaplural (any students). Jadi, kata yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soaladalah ’Are there’.

19. A. Tono merespons kalimat Citradengan menyebutkan jumlah bendayang dapat dihitung (triangularrulers). Dapat dipastikan Tonomenanyakan jumlah benda. Jadi,kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat tanya yang menanyakanjumlah benda dapat dihitung adalah’how many’.

20. B. Karena sekolah sangat ramai, dapatdipastikan bahwa sekolah tersebutdekat dengan jalan utama. Jadi,preposisi yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’near’yang artinya ’dekat’. Between artinyadi antara (dua hal/benda), aboveartinya di atas sesuatu, dan underartinya di bawah.

21. D. Pada umumnya, sayur disimpan didalam kulkas. Jadi, preposisi yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimattersebut adalah ’in’ yang artinya ’didalam’.

22. C. Berdasarkan frasa ’my neighbor’yang artinya tetangga, preposisi yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soaladalah ’next’ yang artinya ’disamping/sebelah’.

23. A. Preposisi yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’on’yang artinya ’di atas’.

24. B. Notice tersebut artinya ”Janganmenembak burung di taman.”. Tujuandari notice tersebut adalah untukmelindungi burung-burung (protectthe birds). Sell artinya menjual, sendartinya mengirim, dan fly artinyaterbang.

25. B. Objek yang dibicarakan dalam noticetersebut adalah ”the birds in the park”(burung-burung di taman). Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa notice tersebutdapat ditemukan di taman (in a park).

26. C. Kalimat ”Don’t feed the animals.”artinya ”Jangan memberi makanbinatang.”. Jadi, berdasarkan noticetersebut, tindakan yang tidak bolehdilakukan adalah memberi makanbinatang (give food to the animals).

27. A. Notice seperti itu dapat dijumpai dikebun binatang (zoo) karena objekdari notice tersebut adalah binatang(animals).

28. D. Notice tersebut artinya ”Dilarangmencontek saat ujian.”. Maksud darinotice tersebut adalah siswa dilarangmembuka buku/catatan saat ujian.

29. C. Berdasarkan notice yang artinya”Harap perhatikan gurumu.” dapatdiketahui bahwa hal yang tidak bolehdilakukan adalah mengobrol denganteman (talk with our friends). Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya belajar denganrajin, (B) artinya menyimak guru, dan(D) artinya tetap tenang.

30. D. Notice tersebut tepat jika dipasang diruang kelas (in the classroom) karenanotice tersebut menyuruh pembacamemperhatikan guru (pay attention tothe teacher.)

126 UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !

B. Isian1. There is2. There aren’t3. Are there4. There are5. There is

C. Isian1. in front of2. under3. in4. at5. beside/next to

D. Uraian1. It’s about a smoking prohibition.2. It asks us to return the books on time.3. In a library.4. We can’t park our vehicles there.5. the door


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. express gratitude (thanking),2. say sorry (apologizing),3. create short functional

texts (spoken messages),4. write short functional texts

(gratitude cards), and5. use verbs (have and has),

subject and objectpronouns, ordinal numbers,days, months and years.

You know, western people say sorry very often. They will directlyask for an apology when they do something wrong. They may say,“Sorry.” We shall respond when someone say sorry. We may say,“That’s O.K./all right” or “Not at all.”

Western people also express their gratitude as often as sayingsorry. They say, “Thanks”, “Thank you” or “Thank you very much”to express their gratitude. We may say, “You’re welcome”,“My pleasure”, or “any time” to respond to it.

In this unit you will learn a lot of things about it.

128 UNIT 3 Thank You

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.

Expressing Gratitude

1 2Let me helpyou, Mom.

Thanks.

Thank you,Hani.

You’rewelcome.

You should say “Thanks” or “Thank you” when other people do good to you. You should alsorespond to it by saying “You’re welcome”, “Not at all”, or “No problem” when other peopleexpress their gratitude.

Here are some expressions you can use to express your gratitude and the responses.


● Thanks./Thank you.● Many thanks./Thanks a lot.● That’s very kind of you. Thanks/Thank you.● Thank you very much for your help/kindness.● Thank you for coming.● I’m really grateful to you for your . . . .● Oh very nice of you. Thank you.

Responding

● You are (you’re) welcome.● My pleasure.● Don’t mention it.● Not at all.● That’s O.K. (all right).● Anytime.● Delighted I was able to help.

3.1 Expressions


Apologizing

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.

1 2Do you havea small change,

Madam?

No, I’m not.Sorry.

Sorry forcoming late.

That’s all right.

Those two dialogs are examples of apologizing and the responses. You’d better say ‘sorry’when you do a bad thing to other people. For example, you bump a person, you step onsomeone’s foot, you break someone’s bike, etc. You must also say ‘sorry’ whenunintentionally you hurt someone’s feeling.

Note:In western life, people always say ‘sorry’ when they do or say bad things. You have to do itseriously. Don’t smile or even laugh when asking for apology. Some say “Manners makethe man” which means you have to behave yourselves. People will respect and be goodto you if you do so.

Source: http://www.bbc.co.uk (January 11, 2008)

Here are some expressions you can use to say sorry and the responses.

Apologizing

● I’m (very) sorry.● Pardon me.● Oops! Sorry.● I do apologize for . . . .● Please accept my apologies.● Please forgive me.● Please forgive me for . . . .

Responding

● That’s (quite) all right.● That’s O.K.● (Let’s) Forget it.● Never mind.● Please don’t feel bad about it.● Please don’t be.● There’s no reason to apologize for . . . .

Grammar Section

Verb: Have/Has

Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words.1. Deni : May I use this ruler, please?

Gunawan : Sure. Don’t worry, I have two rulers.Deni : Thanks.Gunawan : No big deal.


2. Hermin : Let’s go to Dita’s house this afternoon.Ita : What’s up?Hermin : She has a new video game. She lets us to use it.Ita : O.K.

3. Erika : Do you have an electronic dictionary?Jamal : No, I don’t have it.

4. Luluk : Does Fadli’s father have a car?Punto : Yes, he has a car. Why do you ask?Luluk : I saw him driving a car yesterday afternoon.

The words have and has in those sentences are verbs. You use have for the subjects I, you,we, they and plural subjects. You use has for the subjects he, she, it and singular subjects.How do you use have/has in negative and interrogative sentences?

Study the patterns below.

Subejct

He/sheIt (komodo)I/you/we/they

Has/Have

hashashave

Complement

a new bike.a thick body.many friends.

Affirmative (+)

Subejct

He/sheIt (komodo)I/you/we/they

Do/Does not

does notdoes notdo not

Have

havehavehave

Negative (–)

Complement

an old bike.a long neck.any enemies.

Subejct

he/sheit (komodo)I/you/we/they

Do/Does

DoesDoesDo

Have

havehavehave

Interrogative (?)

Complement

a new bike?a long neck?many friends?

Response

Yes, he/she does.No, it doesn’t.Yes, I/you/we/they do.

Here are some other examples.Affirmative:● Arif has new shoes.● Arif and his brother have new shoes.

Negative:● Arif does not (doesn’t) have old shoes.● Arif and his brother do not (don’t) have old shoes.

Interrogative:● Does Arif have new shoes? Yes, he does.● Do Arif and his brother have old shoes? No, they don’t.

Pronouns as a Subject and as an Object

Study the explanation and read the sentences.Learning and understanding pronouns are very important. You always need a pronoun asa subject or as an object when you make a sentence. Your sentence will be easily understoodwhen you use a clear pronoun.


Here are those pronouns and how you use them in sentences.

Pronounas

a Subject

Iyouheshethey

weit

Sentence

I’m a student.You’re my classmate.He’s a principal.She’s a teacher.They are my friends.

We are students of SMP.It’s my school.

Pronounas

an Object

meyouhimherthem

usit

Sentence

Mother calls me.I saw you in the market yesterday.Help him mop the floor.We respect her very much.Mr. Seta lets them do the exerciseat home.Mimin invites us to her house tonight.Father used it a few minutes ago.

1. Maya sits in the first row.2. Tania sits in the second row.3. Heri sits in the third row.

The bold-typed words above are ordinalnumbers. Ordinal numbers show the order ofthings. Read and remember the numbersbelow.

CardinalNumber

one (1)two (2)three (3)four (4)five (5)six (6)seven (7)eight (8)nine (9)ten (10)eleven (11)twelve (12)thirteen (13)fourteen (14)fifteen (15)sixteen (16)

OrdinalNumber

first (1st)second (2nd)third (3rd)fourth (4th)fifth (5th)sixth (6th)seventh (7th)eighth (8th)ninth (9th)tenth (10th)eleventh (11th)twelfth (12th)thirteenth (13th)fourteenth (14th)fifteenth (15th)sixteenth (16th)

CardinalNumber

seventeen (17)eighteen (18)nineteen (19)twenty (20)twenty-one (21)twenty-two (22)twenty-three (23)twenty-four (24)thirty (30)thirty-three (33)forty (40)sixty-two (62)sixty-seven (67)seventy (70)ninenty-one (91)one hundred (100)

OrdinalNumber

seventeenth (17th)eighteenth (18th)nineteenth (19th)twentieth (20th)twenty first (21st)twenty second (22nd)twenty third (23rd)twenty fourth (24th)thirtieth (30th)thirty third (33rd)fortieth (40th)sixty second (62nd)sixty seventh (67th)seventieth (70th)ninety first (91st)one hundredth (100th)

Ordinal Numbers: First, Second, Third, . . .

Look at the picture and read the sentences.Pay attention to the bold-typed words.


Study the example below.Victor : Please tell me about your school.Arnadi : There are five blocks at my school. The first block includes the teachers’ office, the

laboratories, the library and the school hall. The second block is the classrooms forthe seventh grade students. The third block is the classrooms for the eighth gradestudents. The fourth block is the classrooms for the ninth grade students. And thefifth block is the canteen, the bicycle shed and some toilets.

Victor : I see.

Days, Months and Years

Let’s study days, months and years.Read the words below with proper pronunciation.Days : Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, SaturdayMonths : January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October,

November, DecemberYears : 1996 (nineteen ninety-six)

1999 (nineteen ninety-nine)2000 (two thousand)2004 (two thousand and four)2008 (two thousand and eight)2009 (two thousand and nine)

Study the example below.Yusniar : What day is it today?Susi : Don’t you remember? Today is Wednesday, July twenty-second.Yusniar : O gosh!Susi : What’s up?Yusniar : I almost forget. Tomorrow is Thursday, July twenty third. And you know, it’s

Ms. Astini’s birthday!Susi : Is it? Let’s get something for her birthday present.

Look at the picture and answer the questions.

Questions:1. What does the woman give to the man?

Jawaban: She gives some money.2. What do you think the man says?

Jawaban: He says, “Thank you.”3. What does the woman say to respond to it?

Jawaban: She says, “You’re welcome.”4. Do you always express gratitude to other people? Why/why not?

Jawaban: Yes, I do. To show my appreciation to them.


A. Read and practice the dialogs.

1. Iwan is in the library now.Iwan : Excuse me, Miss.Librarian : Yes?Iwan : Where can I find books about English grammar?Librarian : English grammar? Let me see. Um . . . they’re on the shelf on the corner.Iwan : Thank you, Miss.Librarian : Anytime.

2. Mr. Heru is fixing his motorcycle. His son, Andika, is trying to help him.Andika : What’s the matter, Dad?Mr. Heru : I don’t know. It can’t run fast.Andika : May I help you, Dad?Mr. Heru : Sure. Take me that screwdriver.Andika : The big or the small one?Mr. Heru : The small one, please.Andika : Here you are.Mr. Heru : Thanks.Andika : With pleasure.

3. Ari is trying to contact his friend, Dion. He wants to confirm the meeting tomorrow.Someone : Good morning. What can I help you?Ari : Hi, I am calling for Dion.Someone : Who’s Dion? There’s no such name here.Ari : Pardon me. Is this 767801?Someone : Sorry. You’ve got the wrong number. This is 767810.Ari : Oh, sorry to trouble you. Bye.Someone : That’s O.K., bye.

4. Stella meets Tommy. She looks a little bit upset.Stella : Did you get my message?Tommy : Yup!Stella : Why didn’t you call me?Tommy : I tried many times, but I couldn’t reach you.Stella : Did you?Tommy : Yeah. Sorry that it made you upset.Stella : You know, at that time I needed your help. My motorcycle was broken and you’re

the nearest to reach.Tommy : I’m very sorry, Stella. I didn’t know that. I promise it won’t happen again next time.Stella : O.K.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:Dialog 11. Where does the dialog happen? 2. What does Iwan want to do?3. What did he say to show his gratitude?


Dialog 24. What are Andika and his father doing?5. What did Andika say to respond to his father’s gratitude?6. Mr. Heru said, “It can’t run fast.” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?

Dialog 37. What is the dialog about?8. Why did Ari say sorry?

Dialog 49. What happened to Stella?

10. What did Tommy say to express his regret?

Jawaban:1. In the library.2. He wants to find books about English grammar.3. He said, “Thank you, Miss.”4. They are fixing a motorcycle.5. He said, “With pleasure.”6. It refers to the motorcycle.7. About dialing the wrong number.8. Because he had troubled that person.9. She felt upset.

10. He said, “I’m very sorry, Stella. I didn’t know that. I promise it won’t happen again next time.”

C. Complete the dialogs below while listening to your teacher.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Dialog 1Lisa is going to see a film. She’s in the ticket box now.Lisa : Two tickets, please.Ticket attendant : (1) Here you’re.Lisa : Thanks.Ticket attendant : (2) You’re welcome. Have fun!Lisa : You too.

Dialog 2Tora finds something in the bicycle shed. He thinks it belongs to the girl who has just parked herbike. He runs after her.Tora : Hey, wait!Julia : Pardon? Are you calling me?Tora : Yes. I found this. It could be yours.Julia : Yes, it is. (3) Thank you.Tora : (4) My pleasure.

Dialog 3Fenty’s bike is broken today. Desi offers a ride to go home together.Desi : I saw you went to school by bus this morning.Fenty : That’s right. My bike is broken.Desi : I see. Well, let me ride you home.Fenty : (5) Thank you for your offer, but I’m fine.Desi : Come on! We take the same way, right?Fenty : O.K., then. (6) Thanks.Desi : That’s what friends are for.


Dialog 4Allan is staying in a boarding house. He knows that Mr. Hadi, the host, always locks the gateat 10 p.m. But Allan is a little bit late this time.Mr. Hadi : Who is it?Allan : It’s Allan, Sir. I’m sorry I’m back late.Mr. Hadi : It’s thirty minutes late, you know.Allan : (7) I really am sorry. The traffic is quite crowded.Mr. Hadi : (8) Never do it again. O.K.?Allan : O.K. I promise.

Dialog 5Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are going to Denpasar next Saturday. They want to book two tickets today.Attendant : (9) May I help you?Mr. Gunawan : I would like to book two tickets to Denpasar, please.Attendant : When will you leave?Mr. Gunawan : Next Saturday, please.Attendant : (10) I am sorry, but next Saturday is sold out.Mr. Gunawan : Oh! How about Friday?Attendant : Yes, we have tickets available for Friday.Mr. Gunawan : O.K. We’ll take two.

Variasi:

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task C.Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Where does dialog 1 happen?2. Who are talking in dialog 1?3. What does Tora and the girl in dialog 2 talk about?4. What did Tora say to respond to Julia’s gratitude?5. What did Fenty say to decline Desi’s offer in dialog 3?6. What did Desi say when Fenty finally accepted her offer?7. When does dialog 4 happen?8. What did Allan say when he made a mistake?9. “They try to book two tickets today” (Dialog 5). What does the word ‘they’ refer to?

10. What did the attendant say when Mr. Gunawan couldn’t get his tickets for Saturday?

Jawaban:1. In a movie theater.2. A visitor (Lisa) and a ticket attendant.3. Finding someone’s property.4. He said, “My pleasure.”5. She said, “Thank you for your offer, but I’m O.K.”6. She said, “That’s what friends are for.”7. Late at night.8. He said, “I really am sorry.”9. The word ‘they’ refers to Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan.

10. The attendant said, “I am sorry, but next Saturday is sold out.”


D. Listen to your teacher and give suitable responses.

Ekspresi-ekspresi yang diucapkan guru:1. Thanks for coming. 2. Thank you for the bakso and iced tea.3. Thank you for giving me a lift. 4. I’m really grateful for your support.5. Thank you for helping me manage the house. 6. Oh sorry for stepping on your foot.7. Sorry. Does it hurt? 8. Please forgive me for hurting your feeling.9. Sorry for disturbing you. 10. Sorry for not attending the meeting yesterday.

Contoh jawaban:1. You’re welcome. 2. My pleasure. 3. Anytime.4. Don’t mention it. 5. My pleasure. 6. That’s O.K.7. Yes, a little. Don’t worry. 8. O.K. But never do it again. 9. Not to worry about it.

10. There’s no reason to apologize for it.

E. Listen to your teacher and chooseA, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Petunjuk: Guru akan membaca limapercakapan sederhana yang ada satu per satu.Siswa disuruh menyimak dengan saksama.Kemudian, mereka disuruh memilih jawabanyang sesuai untuk melengkapi tiap-tiappercakapan itu.

1. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Ayu : Pass me the chili, please.Ben : Here you are.Ayu : Thanks, Ben.Ben : ________

A. Is that it?B. Anytime.C. Sorry, you can’t do that.D. Never mind.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan tersebut anakperempuan itu meminta tolong Ben untukmengambilkan sambal. Kemudian, diamengucapkan terima kasih atas bantuanBen. Respons yag tepat atas ucapanterima kasih adalah Anytime. Pilihanjawaban (A) digunakan untuk memintakonfirmasi, (C) digunakan untuk memintamaaf, dan (D) adalah respons ataspermintaan maaf.

Variasi:

Listen and repeat after your teacher.


● Thank you very much.● Thanks a lot for helping me.● That’s very kind of you.● Thank you for your help/kindness.● Thank you for visiting me.

Response

● You are (you’re) welcome.● With pleasure.● Don’t mention it.● No big deal.● Anytime.

Saying Sorry

● I’m really sorry about it.● Oops! Sorry.● I do apologize for it.● Please accept my apologies.● Please forgive me for telling you a lie.

Responses

● Never mind.● Not to worry.● That’s quite all right.● Forget it. I’m O.K.● There’s no reason to apologize for it.


2. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Yahya : Let me help you fix the

motorcycle, Sir.Mr. Lilik : You’re very kind, boy. ________Yahya : You’re welcome.

A. Thank you.B. Can I ask you something?C. Any better idea?D. Sorry.Jawaban: ADalam percakapan tersebut Yahya inginmenolong Pak Lilik memperbaiki sepedamotornya. Respons yang tepat atasbantuan/pertolongan seseorang adalahucapan terima kasih (Thank you). Pilihanjawaban (B) adalah ungkapan untukmeminta sesuatu, (C) ungkapan memintapendapat, dan (D) ungkapan permintaanmaaf.

3. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Dea : You have already driven me

home, thanks.Nora : ________ I’m glad to do it.

A. Don’t do it.B. That’s a good idea.C. Sorry for trouble you.D. Don’t mention it.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut Dea meng-ucapkan terima kasih kepada Nora karenatelah mengantarnya pulang. Respons yangtepat atas ucapan terima kasih adalahDon’t mention it. Pilihan jawaban (A)adalah ungkapan larangan, (B) adalahungkapan persetujuan, dan (C) adalahungkapan permintaan maaf.

4. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Nancy : Ouch!Maman : ________ I really didn’t mean

to.

A. Oh, sorry.B. Thank you.C. Please don’t trouble yourself.D. You don’t need to say that, O.K.?Jawaban: ADalam percakapan tersebut Nancymengaduh karena telah terjadi sesuatupadanya. Maman yang bersalah segerameminta maaf dengan mengucapkan Ohsorry. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapanberterima kasih, (C) adalah ungkapanmenolak tawaran, dan (D) adalah responspermintaan maaf atau terima kasih.

5. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Ulfa : Do you bring my comic book

today?Patty : Oops! I forget it. ________Ulfa : All right, then. But promise me

to bring it tomorrow.Patty : I will.

A. That’s fine. B. Not at all.C. I’m very sorry. D. I agree with you.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut Patty lupamembawa buku komik Ulfa padahal diaharus mengembalikannya pada hari itu.Dia pun meminta maaf atas kealpaannyatersebut. Ungkapan yang benar adalah I’mvery sorry. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalahrespons permintaan maaf, (B) adalahrespons ungkapan terima kasih, dan(D) adalah ungkapan persetujuan.

F. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences.Read your work aloud.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. That goat has three horns.2. You don’t have a dictionary.3. Vivian always has a bright idea.4. What do we have for lunch, Mom?5. Does Dede have a printer at home?6. Lucky has some money in his pocket.7. Helvi and Jaya have a new English teacher.


8. Yusnia doesn’t have a problem with science.9. The students don’t have any homework tomorrow.

10. Nanang is very upset today because he has a bad mark.

G. Find the meanings of the following words.Then, make sentences using the words.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. horn = tanduk 2. dictionary = kamus3. bright = cemerlang, pintar 4. lunch = makan siang5. idea = gagasan 6. pocket = saku7. problem = masalah 8. science = sains (ilmu pengetahuan)9. upset = gelisah 10. mark = nilai

Contoh jawaban:1. People hunt deer for their horns.2. I need a dictionary to translate the English text.3. Mirna is really a bright student.4. Nina invites me for lunch together in her house.5. Everyone agrees with the idea to go to the beach this weekend.6. I put some money in my pocket.7. We need to solve the problem soon.8. My little brother likes science subject.9. Mother looks upset because my brother hasn’t come home.

10. My teacher is very pleased because all the students get good marks.

H. Does each sentence have the correct pronoun?Correct the incorrect one(s).Underline the pronouns.

1. Where did you put it? 2. I called they just now.3. Helena invited we to her party. 4. Mother asked I to get some salt.5. Ms. Leksita wants to meet him now.

Jawaban:1. Correct : Where did you put it?2. Incorrect : I called them just now.3. Incorrect : Helena invited us to her party.4. Incorrect : Mother asked me to get some salt.5. Correct : Ms. Leksita wants to meet him now.

A. Practice the dialogs with your friend.Do it in turns.

1. David : I need some envelopes, please.Shop assistant : What size do you need?David : The medium one, please.Shop assistant : Here you are.David : Thank you.


Shop assistant : You’re welcome. Anything else?David : No, thank you. Here’s the money.

2. Fabio : Good afternoon. Can I talk to Hans, please?Hans : Hans speaking.Fabio : Hans, this is Fabio. Sorry for telling you this.Hans : What is that? It sounds very serious.Fabio : It is. I do apologize for losing your data in your flash disk.Hans : How can you?Fabio : I didn’t know that there are viruses in my computer. Your flash disk was infected.

I tried to clean the viruses, but the data were corrupted. Sorry, Hans.Hans : It’s all right. I have the back-up data in my computer.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

1. For dialog 1. According to you, where does the dialog happen?Jawaban: In a stationery shop.

2. What does David need?Jawaban: He needs medium sized envelopes.

3. For dialog 2. When does the dialog occur?Jawaban: In the afternoon.

4. What did Fabio say when he lost Hans’ data?Jawaban: He said, “I do apologize for losing your data in your flash disk.”

5. How does Fabio feel at that time?Jawaban: He feels very sorry for that.

Variasi:

Practice the dialogs and then answer the questions.1. Nano : Excuse me, Miss! You dropped something.

Ms. Wisley : Did I?Nano : You dropped your purse. Here you are.Ms. Wisley : Oh, thank you very much.Nano : My pleasure.

2. Sita : What are you doing, boys?Jason : We’re playing games and it’s fun.Sita : But you disturb me. I will have an examination tomorrow, you know.Jason : Sorry.Sita : Please play outside, will you?Jason : O.K. Let’s go, guys. We play the games in the yard.

3. Mrs. Nur : Wow, amazing! The house is clean and tidy. Who did this, Yen?Yeni : We did it, Mom.Mrs. Nur : You mean, you and your sister?Yeni : Yes, Mom!Mrs. Nur : I do appreciate it, dear.Yeni : Thanks, Mom.Mrs. Nur : Don’t mention it.

Questions:1. For dialog 1. Why did Nano said “My pleasure.”?

Jawaban: He responded to Ms. Wisley’s gratitude.


2. For dialog 2. Why did Sita ask Jason to play outside?Jawaban: Because he disturbed her.

3. What did Jason say when he disturbed Sita?Jawaban: He said, “Sorry.”

4. For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog?Jawaban: Mother and her daughter.

5. What did Mrs. Nur say to express her gratitude?Jawaban: She said, “I do appreciate it, dear.”

C. Complete the dialogs with the suitable words in the boxes.Practice them with your friends.

1. Jessica walks into a shoe store. She wants to buy a pair of new shoes.

● Thanks. ● See you then.● Is there anything I can help you? ● I’ll be right back.

Clerk : (a) ________Jessica : Yes. Do you have these shoes in size thirty-eight?Clerk : Let me check it in the stockroom.Jessica : (b) ________ I’d like to try on a pair if you have them.Clerk : O.K. Wait a minute, please. (c) ________

Jawaban:a. Is there anything I can help you? b. Thanks.c. I’ll be right back.

2. Sherina is in a bank to save her money. She’s waiting in line to get her turn, but suddenly . . . .

● O.K. ● Hi.● What can I do for you? ● Thanks a lot.

Sherina : Excuse me, can you do me a favor, please?Stranger : Sure. (a) ________Sherina : Can you save my place for me, please? Nature’s calling.Stranger : (b) ________ But hurry. The line is moving fast.Sherina : (c) ________ I won’t be long.

Jawaban:a. What can I do for you? b. O.K.c. Thanks a lot.

Variasi:Siswa disuruh melakukan kegiatan di bawah ini berdasarkan perintah yang sama.

1. Mr. and Mrs. Rustanta are in the railway station. They have to wait for the train for a while.Then, they are looking for seats. Fortunately, they spot two empty seats in the lobby.

● Thank you. ● That’s great! ● I’m sorry. ● You’re welcome.

Mr. Rustanta : Excuse me. Is this seat taken?Harry : (Put down the magazine.) (a) ________ What did you just say? It’s too noisy

here.


Mr. Rustanta : Err . . . will someone be using this seat?Harry : No. Mr. Rustanta : Would you mind moving over one seat so my wife and I could sit together?Harry : No, not at all.Mr. Rustanta : (b) ________Harry : (c) ________

Jawaban:a. I’m sorry.b. Thank you.c. You’re welcome.

2. Stefi went to Surabaya last week. She did not know Surabaya very well, and she lost herway.

● Hmm . . . sorry, I don’t know. ● I can’t say that.● Please don’t feel bad about it. ● Excuse me, Madam.

Stefi : (a) ________Woman : Yes?Stefi : Do you know Jl. Untung Surapati, Madam?Woman : Jalan Untung Suropati? Let me think.Stefi : Well?Woman : (b) ________ Please ask that man. He might know.Stefi : O.K., Madam. Thanks.Woman : I’m very sorry I can’t help you.Stefi : (c) ___________________________

Jawaban:a. Excuse me, Madam.b. Hmm . . . sorry, I don’t know.c. Please don’t feel bad about it.

3. Neno passed through the red light and was caught by the police officer.

● Oh, sorry, Sir. ● It would be fine.● There’s no reason to apologize for that. ● Is there anything wrong, Sir?

Neno : (a) ________Officer : Yes. You passed through the red light.Neno : No, I didn’t. It was yellow when I passed through.Officer : Sorry, but may I see your driver license, please?Neno : (b) ________ I don’t have it on me now. I think I leave it at home.Officer : (c) ________ Here’s your ticket. See you in the court next week.

Jawaban:a. Is there anything wrong, Sir?b. Oh, sorry, Sir.c. There’s no reason to apologize for that.


D. Rearrange the sentences into good dialogs.Practice them with your friend(s).

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. Mr. Hartawan is in the baggage claim. He tries to find his suitcase.

Mr. Hartawan : Let me see it. That’s right. Thank you.Mr. Hartawan : It’s a black suitcase and it’s got a zip. There’s a tag with my name and

address on it.Mr. Hartawan : No, that’s not mine.Mr. Hartawan : Excuse me, I left a suitcase in the plane to Makassar this morning.Attendant : What about this one?Attendant : Is this yours?Attendant : Delighted I was able to help.Attendant : Can you describe it, Sir?

2. Nugraha is playing football with his friends. Suddenly . . . .Nugraha : I stepped on a thorn or something.Nugraha : Thank you.Nugraha : Ouch!Nugraha : I might step on a piece of glass.Lukman : What’s the matter, Nug?Lukman : It could be. Well, let me take you home.Lukman : Let me have a look! There is nothing, except a small cut.Lukman : Anytime.

3. It’s a hot day. Santi feels exhausted. She wants to drink her apple juice in the fridge, but it isnot there now. So, she asks her brother.

Santi : Have you?Santi : Nang, where’s my apple juice? Don’t tell me you have drunk it!Santi : You really disappoint me.Santi : How could you? Didn’t you know that it was mine?Danang : Hmm. Sorry, I couldn’t help it. I felt very thirsty after playing football, so I drank it.Danang : I know, sorry. Well, let me get one for you. Please wait.Danang : Sorry, I have.Danang : Sorry.

73

516482

3715

628

2648

31754

Variasi:Siswa disuruh melakukan kegiatan berikut berdasarkan perintah yang sama.

1. Mr. Blake’s car was broken two days ago. He put it in the car workshop. Now he’s checkingit if it’s already done.

Mr. Blake : It’s B 454 H. Have your mechanics finished yet?Mr. Blake : When will you make it ready?Mr. Blake : Excuse me. Is my car ready yet?Mr. Blake : Thanks.Attendant : What’s your car number, Sir?Attendant : Let me call the mechanic. He’ll tell you about it.Attendant : My pleasure.Attendant : I’m so sorry, Sir. My mechanics are still working on it.

35172684


2. Mita is on a bus on her way home.Conductor : Can you change this fifty thousand note, Madam?Conductor : Fares, please!Conductor : Thank you, Madam.Conductor : I’m sorry. I don’t have any change for a fifty thousand note. Haven’t

you got any small change?Conductor : Please, wait. Let me ask some of the passengers, then.

Do you have any small change, Sir?Mita : Sorry. I don’t have it, Sir.Mita : Here, Sir. Kebon jeruk, please.Passenger A : No, I don’t, sorry.Passenger B : I haven’t got any either.A woman : Don’t mention it.A woman : Let me see. Oh, I’ve got some. Here you’re.

81

103

5

4267119

E. Work in pairs.Make dialogs based on the situations below.Practice them with your partner.

1. You always do the house work, like mopping and sweeping the floor as well as watering theflowers. Your brother/sister often helps you. Express your gratitude after he/she helps you.

2. You are going to your teacher’s house. You don’t know where it is. You ask someone about theaddress. Express your gratitude after he/she helps you.

3. You notice that your teacher is in trouble. She has to pull her motorcycle. You offer some helpand she expresses her gratitude. Respond her properly.

4. You are visiting your friend with your little sister. You are chatting with her when suddenly yoursister breaks a vase. You ask for her apology. She understands that and forgives you.

5. You received a phone call from your sister’s friend. She wanted your sister to call her.Unfortunately, you forgot. You remember it the next morning, but it’s too late. You ask for yoursister’s forgiveness. She forgives you and tells you not to do it again some other time. Youpromise that.

Contoh jawaban:1. Your sister : Let me help you mop the floor.

You : O great! Thanks.Your sister : Don’t mention it.

2. You : Excuse me, Sir.Old man : Yes?You : Do you know Mr. Rudianto’s house?Old man : Mr. Rudianto’s house? Err . . . it’s two blocks from here. It’s on the left side with brown wall.You : Thank you, Sir.Old man : You’re welcome.

3. You : It seems you’re in trouble, Ma’am. Let me help you.Your teacher : That’s O.K. I can manage it myself.You : But I insist to help you. Who knows I can fix your motorcycle, Ma’am.Your teacher : Well, then. I appreciate it.You : Anytime.


4. You : O, sorry. My little sister broke your beautiful vase. I’ll change it.Your friend : That’s alright. Don’t trouble yourself. She’s just a little girl.You : Thank you for your understanding.

5. You : Oops, sorry for telling you this.Your sister : What’s up?You : You got a phone call from Viona yesterday afternoon. But sorry, I forgot to tell you that.Your sister : That’s O.K. But never ever do that again, will you?You : I won’t. I promise.

F. Look at the pictures and read the words.

1

eraser

Pic. source:www.rapidonline.com

2

pencil sharpener

Pic. source:www.globe-shop

3

ruler

Pic. source:dokumentasi penerbit

4

correction pens

Pic. source:www.mirza.com

5

calculator

Pic. source:www.critocn.com

6

crayons

Pic. source:www.magneticframes.com

7

color pencils

Pic. source:www.senpol.com

8

water color

Pic. source:www.straitscomart.com

9

compass

Pic. source:www_engineersedge_com

10

dictionary


11

rubber

Pic. source:www_fredaldous_com

12

pencil

Pic. source:www.upload.wikimedia

13

board markers

Pic. source:www.viscot.com

14

backpack


15

ink

Pic. source:www_artsuply_com

16

laptop

Pic. source:www.ahits.biz

17

computer


18

printer

Pic. source:www.ireviewelectronics.com

19

LCD projector

Pic. source:www.avdeals.com

20

screen

Pic. source:www.kohdesign.com


G. Ask and answer questions based on the pictures in Task F.Use the verb have/has.

Example:You : Sandi, do you have a dictionary?Sandi : Yes, I have one.You : May I use it for a second?Sandi : Sure. Here you’re.You : Thanks.

Contoh jawaban:Reno : How many pens do you have?Tia : I have three.Reno : Do you have the red one?Tia : Yes. I have two red pens.Reno : May I borrow one?Tia : Sure. Here you are.

H. Do all the sentences use the verb ‘have/has’ correctly?Correct the incorrect ones.

1. How many feet does a spider have?2. Does Ms. Kartini has three children?3. SMPN 6 doesn’t has an English laboratory.4. Vina have an excellent performance.5. Diana has blue eyes.6. That house have three stairs.7. Do you have a jacket?8. Oki and Sani has good English speaking skill.9. Do they have any homework today?

10. Those tourist buses only has thirty seats.

Jawaban:1. Correct.2. Incorrect. Does Ms. Kartini have three children?3. Incorrect. SMPN 6 doesn’t have an English laboratory.4. Incorrect. Vina has an excellent performance.5. Correct.6. Incorrect. That house has three stairs.7. Correct.8. Incorrect. Oki and Sani have good English speaking skill.9. Correct.

10. Incorrect. Those tourist buses only have thirty seats.

I. Complete the dialogs with the correct form of the verb ‘have’.Practice them with your friend.

Dialog 1Heny : I (1) ________ two doughnuts. Do you want some?Reina : No, thanks. Jane (2) ________ her lunch and she has promised to give me some.Heny : What does she (3) ________?Mona : She (4) ________ hamburgers.


Dialog 2Lala : Rossi (5) ________ a sister. Her mother just gave birth to a baby last night.Unang : Does she?Lala : I got a short message from Kiki. She told me that.Unang : So, Rossi’s mother (6) ________ three children now, a boy and two girls.

Dialog 3Hadi : Do me a favor, Rif?Rifky : Sure. What’s up?Hadi : I want to write a letter, but I don’t (7) ________ any paper.Rifky : Well, I (8) ________ some. Here you are.Hadi : Thanks.

Dialog 4Fajar : Do you think Dadang (9) ________ a handphone?Eka : I think so. He (10) ________ one, but he can’t use it to browse in the Internet.

Jawaban:1. have 2. has 3. have 4. has 5. has6. has 7. have 8. have 9. has 10. has

J. Read and understand the sentences below.Pay attention to the bold typed words.

1. My parents bought me a new mobile phone.2. Ms. Riani told us to attend the meeting immediately.3. Who was the girl with you last night?4. Father is in the garden. Tell him that Mr. Rusmanto is here.5. Have you ever met her before? No, I haven’t.

Variasi:

Do the following sentences use the pronouns correctly?Correct the incorrect ones.1. Let them play outside. 2. I will use it immediately.3. Where will us meet the Principal? 4. That’s Rona. Shall I call she now?5. Ella told I that she would be home late. 6. Mother gave me some money this morning.7. Turn off the computer and leave them there. 8. I have to speak to Mr. Ronald now.9. Is this your car, Sir? Him will leave soon.

Please park it in the parking area. 10. Your brother is sleeping. Wake he upbecause he has to go to work early.

Jawaban:1. Correct.2. Correct.3. Incorrect. Where will we meet the principal?4. Incorrect. That’s Rona. Shall I call her now?5. Incorrect. Ella told me that she would be home late.6. Correct.7. Incorrect. Turn off the computer and leave it there.8. Incorrect. I have to speak to Mr. Ronald now. He will leave soon.9. Correct.

10. Incorrect. Your brother is sleeping. Wake him up because he has to go to work early.


K. Choose the correct pronouns in brackets to complete the sentences.Read your work with proper pronunciation.

1. Please tell ________ (I, me) who those girls are.2. Do ________ (I, you) know Afgan? ________ (He, She) is a new pop singer star.3. Grandma just received a letter. ________ (He, She) wants ________ (I, me) to read ________

(it, its) for ________ (her, him).4. Gladys has her 15th birthday party today. ________ (She, You) invites her friends. ________

(They, Them) enjoy the party very much.5. Father bought some books for ________ (we, us). ________ (I, He) bought ________ (it, them)

in Cemerlang Stationary Shop.6. Those boys are going to the field. ________ (We, They) are going to play football together.7. Our teachers always remind ________ (me, us) to study well for the exam.8. Naughty boy! Don’t tease your little sister and make ________ (she, her) cry.9. Mom, Ms. Mawar just phoned ________ (you, us). ________ (He, She) asked ________

(me, you) to call ________ (her, him) back.10. In this library ________ (we, us) usually spend our second break time.

Jawaban:1. me 2. you; He 3. She; me; it; her 4. She; They5. us; He; them 6. They 7. us 8. her9. you; She; you; her 10. we

Variasi:

Complete the sentences with correct pronouns.1. Please tell Mr. Irianto. I want to meet ________ in a few seconds.2. Alfi has a pair of rabbits as pets. He keeps ________ in a nice cage.3. Your sister is in the yard. Call ________ to have lunch.4. Utami tells her friends that Mr. Setyadi is in hospital. She said to her friends, “Let ________

visit him this afternoon.”5. Agung is helping his mother clean the house. He keeps all old magazines and

newspapers in a box. Then, he puts ________ in the warehouse.6. We see a comedy film now. The action makes ________ laugh all the time.7. Your music is too loud, Reed. Please turn ________ down, will you?8. Kartini tells her brother, “My friends, Dallon, Uci and Halida, will be here in a minute. Please

let ________ know when they are here.”9. That girl is my new neighbor. ________ want to visit her this afternoon.

10. Keep yourself busy, so you will never think to use drugs. They will surely harm ________.

Jawaban:1. him 2. them 3. her 4. us 5. them6. us 7. it 8. me 9. I 10. you

L. Complete the dialog below with correct pronouns.

Aji finished his mid-term test last week. He got his grades today. He tells his parents about hisscores now.Aji : Mom, Dad. (1) ________ have got my grades.Mother : Tell us. How did (2) ________ do it?


Aji : Well, I got 98 for the English lesson and 99 for Science. I got 93 for Math, 97 for Civicsand 96 for Religion.

Father : That’s wonderful! You are really the best student in class, aren’t you?Aji : Yes, Dad. But I only got 90 for Social sciences.Mother : Never mind. It’s more than enough. You know, son, you make (3) ________ very proud of

you.Father : But remember. You should keep your pace. Your friends will study harder. They want to

be the best next time.Mother : Don’t let (4) ________ pass you in the next corner.Aji : Yes, Mom, Dad. Wish (5) ________ luck.

Jawaban:1. I 2. you 3. us 4. them 5. me

M. Practice the dialog in Task L with your friend.

N. Tell the class where you and your friends sit.Use ordinal numbers.See the example.

Example:Good morning, friends. Let me tell you something. I sit in the second row. Galang sits beside

me. Monalisa sits in front of me. So, she sits in the first row. Edy sits behind me. It means he sits inthe third row.

Variasi:

Ask and answer questions like the example.Example:A : How many students are there in your classroom?B : There are forty students.A : Where do you sit?B : I sit in the third row. What about yours?A : There are also forty students in my classroom. I sit in the first row.

O. Ask and answer questions about your duty rooster and the schedule.See the example.

Example:You : Hi, Maya! You have to clean the classroom today, right?Maya : What day is it today?You : Friday.Maya : No . . . no. I have the duty to clean the classroom on Saturday.You : Oh, sorry. By the way, when will we have the Science test?Maya : Science test? It’s on next Monday, I’m afraid.You : Thanks.


3.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Gratitude Cards

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher.Study the explanation.

Mona, your friend Deswitajust called. She reminded

you to bring the atlas.

Thanks, Mom.The text is a spoken message.Mona’s mother just got thatmessage from Deswita. Then,she delivered it to Mona.

Remember! You should deliver anymessages whenever you get them.You know, you may forget them ifyou delay to deliver them.

Written Text

Read and understand the text.

Dear Rosa,

The party has done. Everything ran well.Thank you for your support.I may need your help some other time.Thank you again.

Dora

The text above is a gratitude card. Dora wrote it in order to express her gratitude forRosa’s support in her party.

You need to write a similar card some day, especially in the Mother’s Day.


Read the text and answer the questions.

Dad, Mr. Hasbi called you whenyou took shower.He didn’t leave any messages.He will call you back later.

Questions:1. Who delivers the message?

Jawaban: A son/daughter to his/her father does.2. What is it about?

Jawaban: About Mr. Hasbi’s call when the father took shower.3. Who just called?

Jawaban: Mr. Hasbi did.4. What would he do later?

Jawaban: He would call back later.

A. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions below.

Pesan singkat yang dibacakan guru:Mother : Iwang, you got a package from abroad.

I put it on your desk.Iwang : Thanks, Mom.

1. Who delivers the message?Jawaban: Iwang’s mother does.

2. What is the message about?Jawaban: About a package from abroad for Iwang.

3. “I put it on your desk.” What does the underlined word refer to?Jawaban: A package.

4. Where can Iwang get it?Jawaban: On his desk.

5. What did Iwang say to express his gratitude?Jawaban: He said, “Thanks, Mom.”

B. Listen to your teacher.Write down the message.

Pesan lisan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Erwin, Ms. Silvia wants you to turn off her computer.She will go to the meeting.


C. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the message in Task B.Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Who gets the message?2. Who sends the message?3. What is the message about?4. “Erwin, Ms. Silvia wants you to turn off her computer.”

What does the words ‘turn off’ in Indonesian mean?5. Why does she ask him to do so?

Jawaban:1. Erwin does. 2. Ms. Silvia does.3. About turning off the computer. 4. It means ‘mematikan’.5. She will go to the meeting.

A. Say the messages below with proper pronunciation.

Wulan, Esti just calledyou when you were in thetoilet.She wanted to ask youabout the mathematicshomework.She would call you back.

1Mom, Ms. Indiah washere half an hour ago.She invites you to visitMs. Ista in hospital.She’s waiting for yourconfirmation.

2

B. Answer the questions below based on the messages in Task A.

1. Who is Esti?Jawaban: Wulan’s classmate.

2. Why did she call Wulan?Jawaban: She wanted to ask Wulan about the mathematics homework.

3. What would she do then?Jawaban: She would call Wulan back.

4. What is the message 2 about?Jawaban: About an invitation to visit someone in hospital.

5. Who is in hospital?Jawaban: Ms. Ista is.


I don’t know what to say to expressmy gratitude.

You did a great job to support mesolve my problem.

Thank you very much.

Berlina

Variasi:

Read the text and answer the questions.

Roni, Stevi borrows yourdictionary.He will give it back to youafter the test.

Questions:1. In your opinion, why did Roni got a message?

Jawaban: Because Stevi didn’t meet Roni by himself when he borrowed the dictionary.

2. When will he return it?Jawaban: After the test.

C. Make spoken messages based on the situations below.

1. Your father is taking a nap. Mr. Setiawan from Unggul Repair Shop just called.He said that your father’s car is done. He asked your father to take it before 5 p.m. today.

2. Mother used your brother’s printer a few minutes ago. Now it runs out of ink. She doesn’t knowhow to refill it. Then, she asks you to tell your brother about it.

3. The principal wants to meet the captain of the class. She is in the library now.The principal asks you to tell her about it now.

Contoh jawaban:1. Dad, Mr. Setiawan from Unggul Repair Shop called while you were taking a nap.

Your car is done. He asked you to take it before 5 p.m. today.2. Vito, mom just used your printer. It runs out of ink now. Mom doesn’t know how to refill it.3. Hertina, the principal is looking for you. He wants to meet you now in his office.

Read the texts and choose A, B, C or Dfor the correct answer.


1. The card is about ________.A. Berlina’s achievementB. Berlina’s problemC. Berlina’s gratitude for someone’s supportD. how to solve Berlina’s problemJawaban: CIsi teks tersebut disimpulkan dari frasa ’toexpress my gratitude’ (untuk menyampaikanrasa terima kasih saya) dan kalimat keduayang artinya ”Kamu bekerja bagus untukmendorong saya menyelesaikan masalah.”.Jadi, isi teks tersebut tentang ucapan terimakasih Berlina atas dorongan seseorang(Berlina’s gratitude for someone’s support).


I repaired my car in your repair shop twodays ago. I’m using it now. It’s fantastic.You did everything well. Thanks.

Halim,Jalan Pinang Mas No. 59 Bekasi

Dear Uncle and Aunt Johnson,

I am very grateful to have you both.You are always there when I need you.You always cheer me up when I’m down.Thanks, Uncle and Auntie. I’ll never forgetthat.

Love,Seno

2. Berlina sent the card because ________.A. she could solve her problem with her

friend’s supportB. she wanted to meet her friendC. her friend did a great jobD. her friend helped her solve the

problem wellJawaban: DAlasan Berlina mengirim kartu ucapan itukarena temannya telah mendorongnyamenyelesaikan masalah dengan baik (herfriend helped her solve the problem well),yang disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua yangartinya ”Kamu bekerja dengan bagusuntuk mendorong saya menyelesaikanmasalah.”.


Jawaban: DNama pengirim biasanya ditulis di bagianakhir kartu, yaitu Seno (anak laki-laki).Berdasarkan sapaan yang ditulis di kartu,’Uncle and Auntie’, dapat disimpulkanyang mengirim kartu adalah keponakanlaki-laki Paman dan Bibi Johnson (Uncleand Aunt Johnson’s nephew).

4. Seno sends that gratitude card because________A. they always remember himB. they always accompany him whenever

he needs themC. he never forgets themD. he always accompany them whenever

they need himJawaban: BAlasan Seno mengirim kartu ucapanadalah untuk berterima kasih kepadapaman dan bibinya yang selalu berada disampingnya kapan pun dia membutuhkanmereka (they always accompany himwhenever he needs them), yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat kedua dan ketiga.

5. “You always cheer me up when I’m down.”The underlined word means ________A. feeling sad B. feeling lonelyC. falling D. feeling happyJawaban: AKlausa ”when I’m down” bermakna ”ketikasaya terpuruk”. Kata ’terpuruk’ bisadiartikan seseorang sedang merasakankesedihan (feeling sad), bukan merasasendirian (feeling lonely), jatuh (falling)dalam arti sebenarnya, ataupun merasasenang (feeling happy).

3. Who sent the card?A. Uncle Johnson did.B. Aunt Johnson did.C. Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s niece.D. Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s nephew.

Variasi:

Read the gratitude card below with proper pronunciation.Then, answer the questions.


Questions:1. What is the card about?

Jawaban: About a fantastic car repairment.2. Who sent it?

Jawaban: Mr. Halim did.3. According to you, why did he send the card?

Jawaban: He felt satisfied with the car repairment.4. Who received it?

Jawaban: The repair shop did.5. “I’m using it now.” What does the underlined word refer to?

Jawaban: Mr. Halim’s car.

Make gratitude cards based on the situations below.Read your work with proper pronunciation.

1. You’ve just finished your mid-term test. Your brother/sister helped you prepare yourself for thetest. You want to write a card to thank him/her.

2. You couldn’t use your computer for weeks because it was broken. Luckily, your uncle cameand he fixed it. You can use your computer now. You send a gratitude card to your uncle.

3. Your parents got a present from a new neighbor. They are very pleased with the present.Then, they decide to send him/her a gratitude card.

Contoh jawaban:

1.Uncle Yoyok, thanks for your effort to fixmy computer. I don’t need to renta computer now. Thank you, Uncle.

Your niece,Retno

2.Julie, I’ve finished my mid-term testtoday. I’m very grateful that you arealways beside me. I do hope my scorewill be good. Thanks a lot.

Tiara

3.Dear Mr. Hartawan,

We’re very pleased to have yourexcellent present. We thank you for it.

Sincerely,Gunawan and family


Collect some gratitude cards.List the expressions used in the cards.Share your work with the class.


apologize : meminta maafapology : permintaan maafappreciate : menghargaibehave : bertingkah lakuboarding house : asramabreak : istirahatchange : uang kembalian, uang

recehdelay : menundadeliver : menyampaikandial : menelepondisturb : mengangguespecially : khususnya

fix : memperbaikiforgive : memaafkangrateful : merasa berterima kasihgratitude : rasa terima kasihinvite : mengundangkindness : kebaikanmanner : sopan-santunmessage : pesanoffer : menawarkanpass through : melintas, melewatirepair shop : bengkelstep on : menginjaktidy : rapiunintentionally : secara tidak sengajaupset : gelisah



1. Sofia : I have a pen friend from Medan.Now she comes to this town. Canyou accompany me to meet her?

Pipin : ________. I have many things todo now.

Sofia : What about tomorrow afternoon?Pipin : O.K., no problem.A. O.K., let’s goB. I am very sorry, I can’tC. No, thanksD. Thank you for your offerJawaban: BBerdasarkan isi percakapan, Sofiamengajak Pipin untuk menemui sahabatpenanya. Ternyata Pipin mempunyaibanyak pekerjaan (kalimat ”I have manythings to do.”) sehingga dia tidak bisa. Diapun meminta maaf karena tidak bisamenemani Sofia. Jadi, ungkapan yangsesuai adalah I am very sorry, I can’t.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

2. Look! Here is my school.It ________ a wide school yard.We always play there during the break.A. has B. haveC. is D. makesJawaban: AKalimat rumpang itu artinya ”Sekolahsaya . . . halaman sekolah yang luas.”.Berdasarkan artinya, kalimat itumemerlukan kata kerja has yang artinyamempunyai karena subjek kalimat adalahit. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena havedigunakan untuk subjek you, I, we, theyatau subjek jamak, (C) dan (D) salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan kontekskalimat tersebut.

For questions 3 and 4, choose the correctwords or sentences to complete the dialog.

Rosana : What time will you leave for Korea?Topo : At 8 a.m.Rosana : Let me call a taxi for (3) ________.

Topo : (4) ________.Rosana : You’re welcome.

3. A. her B. himC. you D. themJawaban: CBerdasarkan ucapan Rosana, dia inginmemanggilkan taksi untuk Topo. Dalampercakapan tersebut, Topo adalah orangkedua. Object pronoun orang keduaadalah you.

4. A. I’m not sureB. I’m sorry I can’tC. Thank you for your helpD. I don’t know what to sayJawaban: CBerdasarkan respons Rosana ”You’rewelcome.” yang artinya ”Sama-sama.”, ituberarti Topo mengucapkan rasa terimakasih. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karenaucapan itu mengungkapkan keraguan(expressing doubt), (B) salah karena ucapantersebut digunakan untuk meminta maaf(apologizing), dan (D) salah karena ucapantersebut digunakan untuk menolak memberipendapat (refuse to give an opinion).

This dialog is for questions 5 and 6.

Edo : (5) ________, Sir. I come late.Teacher : That’s all right. Go to your seat.

5. A. Let me explainB. I’m sorryC. I’m happyD. I’m glad you like it

Ujian Nasional 2002/2003Jawaban: BBerdasarkan kalimat Edo ”I come late.”yang artinya ”Saya datang terlambat.”,kalimat yang tepat diucapkan sebelumnyaadalah kalimat permintaan maaf, yaitu I’msorry. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai konteks percakapan.

6. The dialog happens ________.A. at homeB. in the libraryC. in the teacher’s officeD. in the classroom


Jawaban: DBerdasarkan konteksnya, percakapan ituterjadi di kelas (in the classroom). Hal initerbukti Edo meminta maaf kepadagurunya karena terlambat masuk kelas.Pilihan jawaban yang lainnya salah karenatidak sesuai konteks percakapan.

This dialog is for questions 7 and 8.

Grocer : Sorry, Madam. Do you(7) ________ a small change?I can’t change this one hundredthousand note.

Mrs. Tya : I’m very sorry. I’ve got no smallchange.

7. A. have B. hasC. can D. thinkJawaban: ABerdasarkan konteks percakapan,pedagang itu meminta uang selainRp100.000,00 karena dia tidak mempunyaiuang kembalian. Jadi, kata kerja yangtepat untuk melengkapi kalimat pertanyaantersebut adalah have yang artinyamempunyai. Pilihan jawaban (B) salahkarena pilihan itu digunakan pada kalimataffirmative dengan subjek tunggal,(C) salah karena can yang artinya dapatbukan kata kerja, dan (D) yang artinyaberpikir salah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks isi percakapan.

8. The dialog takes place ________.A. at the marketB. at homeC. in a libraryD. in a restaurantJawaban: APercakapan itu terjadi antara pedagang(grocer) dan pembeli (Bu Tya). Jadi,percakapan itu terjadi di pasar (at themarket). Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinyarumah, (C) yang artinya di perpustakaan,dan (D) yang artinya rumah makan salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan tokoh yangberbicara dalam percakapan tersebut.

9. Mother : Who are those girls?Merry : They are Ratih and Juliet, Mom.

Mother : Get ________ some drink andcookies.

Merry : Sure, Mom.A. me B. usC. them D. theyJawaban: CKalimat tersebut berbentuk kalimatperintah yang berpola verb base + object+ complement. Jadi, kalimat tersebutmemerlukan object pronouns. Objectpronoun ini mengacu pada objek di kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu Ratih dan Juliet. Karenaobjeknya adalah orang ketiga jamak,object pronouns yang benar adalah them.

10. Gusti : Don’t sit on the chair. There isa sharp nail on ________.

Denia : Oh, thanks.A. you B. itC. him D. themJawaban: BUcapan Gusti memerlukan objectpronoun. Objek kalimat tersebut sudahdisebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, yaituthe chair. Oleh karena itu, untuk meng-hindari pengulangan object pronoun yangbenar adalah it karena menggantikanbenda mati. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai sebagai kataganti the chair.

Read the text and answer questions 11 and12.

I am an SMP student. My name is Tessa.I have one elder sister and two younger brothers.My sister’s name is Kirana and my brothers’names are Odi and Miko.

11. Tessa is the ________ child in her family.A. first B. secondC. third D. fourthJawaban: BBerdasarkan isi teks, Tessa mempunyaisatu kakak perempuan dan dua adik laki-laki, kalimat ”I have one elder sister andtwo younger brothers.”. Itu berarti Tessaadalah anak kedua (second).

12. Tessa’s parents have ________ children.A. four B. fiveC. six D. seven


Jawaban: ABerdasarkan isi teks, Tessa mempunyaisatu kakak perempuan dan dua adik laki-laki. Itu berarti orang tua Tessamempunyai empat (four) orang anak.

13. pencil sharpener – do – have – a – you – 1 2 3 4 5

Jill – ? 6 7

The best arrangement of the words tomake a good sentence is ________.A. 2–5–3–4–1–6–7B. 2–5–6–1–3–4–7C. 2–5–6–3–4–1–7D. 2–6–3–4–1–5–7Jawaban: AKalimat tersebut berbentuk kalimat tanya,sehingga diawali dengan kata kerja bantu(do) dan diikuti dengan subjek (you), katakerja (have), objek (a pencil sharpener),sapaan (Jill), dan ditutup dengan tandatanya (?). Jadi, kata-kata itu akanmembentuk kalimat bermakna, yaitu ”Doyou have a pencil sharpener, Jill?” yangartinya ”Apakah kamu mempunyai rautanpensil, Jill?”. Susunan yang benar adalah2–5–3–4–1–6–7.

14. 1. Lola : Here we are. Thanks forgiving me a lift.

2. Jones : No, thanks. May be some othertime.

3. Lola : Please drop in.4. Jones : Anytime. That’s what friends

are for.5. Lola : O.K. See you tomorrow.6. Jones : O.K.7. Lola : We almost there. Turn left, Jo.8. Jones : See you.

The best arrangement of the sentences tomake a good dialog is ________.A. 7–6–1–4–2–3–5–8B. 7–6–1–4–3–2–5–8C. 7–6–2–4–3–1–5–8D. 7–6–8–4–3–1–5–2Jawaban: BSusunan kalimat itu akan membentukpercakapan sebagai berikut.Lola : We almost there. Turn left, Jo.Jones : O.K.

Lola : Here we are. Thanks for givingme a lift.

Jones : Any time. That’s what friends arefor.

Lola : Please drop in.Jones : No, thanks. May be some other

time.Lola : O.K. See you tomorrow.Jones : See you.

15. 1. Anang : Why are you late?2. Sinta : I will, don’t worry.3. Anang : Here she comes.4. Sinta : I got a flat tire on my way.5. Anang : I’m sorry to hear that. I hope

you’ll be on time next time.6. Sinta : I’m sorry for being late.

The best arrangement of the sentences tomake a good dialog is ________.A. 1–6–2–4–3–5B. 3–6–1–4–5–2C. 3–6–1–5–2–4D. 3–6–2–4–1–5Jawaban: BSusunan kalimat itu akan membentukpercakapan sebagai berikut.Anang : Here she comes.Sinta : I’m sorry for being late.Anang : Why are you late?Sinta : I got a flat tire on my way.Anang : I’m sorry to hear that. I hope

you’ll be on time next time.Sinta : I will, don’t worry.

B. Answer the questions.

1. Yesterday was Tuesday. What day is it today?

2. Today is Friday. What day was it yesterday?

3. Today is Friday. What day is it the followingday?

4. When is the Mother’s Day?

5. Dino has an elder brother and a youngersister. Therefore, Dino is the ______ childin his family.

Jawaban:1. Today is Wednesday.2. It was Thursday.3. The following day is Sunday.4. It is December 22.5. second


C. Make a spoken message based on thesituation below.

Your sister’s friend, Jojo, just called. He couldn’tpick up your sister at 3:30 p.m.He could do it at 4p.m. He said sorry forthat. Tell Jojo’s message to your sister.

Contoh jawaban:Your friend Jojo just called. He apologized thathe couldn’t pick you up at 3:30 p.m., but at 4 p.m.

D. Make a gratitude card based on thesituation below.

Your close friend Berlina helped you preparethe party. The party ran well. You senda gratitude card to her.

Dear Berlina,Thanks for helping me preparing the party.The party ran well because of you.Thank you very much.

Linda



kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

Contoh jawaban:



Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and2.

Mr. Egar: Are you busy, son?Koko : No, Dad. What’s up?Mr. Egar: Please wash the motorcycle. I want

to use it in an hour.Koko : Right away, Dad.Mr. Egar: I appreciate it, boy. Thanks.Koko : My pleasure.

1. Where does the dialog happen?A. In an office.B. At home.C. At school.D. In a repair shop.

2. What expression of gratitude can you findin the dialog?A. My pleasure.B. Right away, Dad.C. Please wash the motorcycle.D. I appreciate it, boy. Thanks.

For questions 3 to 5, choose the correctsentences to complete the following dialog.

Rena : Everyone was looking for youyesterday. Where were you?

Yessi : (3) ________ I have something to do.Rena : Why didn’t you call? You promised to

go with us to the movie.Yessi : (4) ________ I had no time. I was in

a hurry.Rena : Is that so?Yessi : Yeah, it is.Rena : That’s O.K. this time. By the way, may

I know your problem?Yessi : I know you’re my best friend, but not in

this case. (5) ________.

3. A. Sorry.B. That’s all right.C. How do you know?D. Not at all.

4. A. I forgive you.B. I know how you feel.C. I’m very sorry not telling you first.D. I’m all right, thanks.

5. A. Thank you for your kindness.B. I don’t know what to say.C. Sorry, I can’t share it with you.D. It’s too late, I’m afraid.

For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct wordsto complete the dialog.

Teacher : Let me ask you something. Howmany feet does an ant (6) ________?

Student A : Ant is an insect. So, it must(7) ________ six feet.

Teacher : What do you think?Student B : Err . . . his answer is correct, Sir.

An ant (8) ________ six feet.Teacher : That’s right.

6. A. has B. haveC. does have D. doesn’t have

7. A. hasB. don’t haveC. doesn’t haveD. have

8. A. hasB. haveC. don’t haveD. doesn’t have

For questions 9 and 10, choose the correctwords to complete the following dialog.

Cindy is in Alice’s house. She sees manypeople there.Cindy : Al, there are many people around.Alice : Yeah. There are about eight people

living here.Cindy : By the way, how many brothers or

sisters do you have?Alice : I have two brothers. I’m the youngest,

you know.Cindy : So, you are the (9) ________ child in

your family.


Alice : Right. What about you?Cindy : I only have one sister. I’m the oldest.

So, I’m the (10) ________ child in myfamily.

Alice : I see.

9. A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth

10. A. twoB. oneC. secondD. first

Read the dialog and answer questions 11and 12.

Woman : Excuse me, Sir.Man : Yes?Woman : Do you know where the toilet is?Man : Yes. It’s downstairs, in the first floor.Woman : I see. Thank you, Sir.Man : You’re welcome.

11. Where will the woman go?A. She will go downstairs.B. She will go to the toilet.C. She will take a bath.D. She will go upstairs.

12. Where’s the toilet?A. It’s in the first floor.B. It’s in the second floor.C. It’s in the third floor.D. It’s upstairs.


Widhi : Dad, are you expecting someone?Mr. Irwansah : No, I don’t. Why?Widhi : There’s someone outside.

(13) ________ looks confused.Mr. Irwansah : Mm . . . let (14) ________ in.

(15) ________ will ask himwhat he wants.

Widhi : Sure, Dad.

13. A. You B. IC. He D. They

14. A. her B. himC. me D. it

15. A. I B. SheC. He D. We

Read the dialog and answer questions 16and 17.

Grandma : What day is it today, Don?Dono : Today is Friday the eighteenth.Grandma : So, tomorrow is Saturday the

twentieth.Dono : No, grandma. Tomorrow will be

Saturday the nineteenth.Grandma : You’re right.

16. The dialog takes place on ________.A. Saturday 19thB. Saturday 20thC. Friday 18thD. Friday 12th

17. What are Dono and his grandma talkingabout?A. About their business.B. About tomorrow’s activity.C. About the following day.D. About the day of that day.

Read the dialog and answer questions 18 to20.

Saskia : Have you finished your biology report?Doni : I have.Saskia : Have you printed it?Doni : I have.Saskia : Excellent!Doni : Why do you ask?Saskia : I want to borrow your computer and

printer.Doni : Haven’t you finished yours?Saskia : No, I haven’t.

18. Who are talking in the dialog?A. A manager and his secretary.B. Two teachers.C. Two students.D. Brother and sister.


19. Saskia asked, “Have you printed it?”The word ‘it’ refers to ________.A. Doni’s workB. a printerC. a computerD. Saskia’s work

20. Which utensil would Saskia use?

A. B.

C. D.

B. Make a simple dialog.Use expressions of apologizing.

C. Make a simple dialog.Use expressions of thanking.

D. Write a gratitude card.


Jawaban Review Unit 3A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Percakapan itu terjadi antara ayahdengan anak laki-lakinya. Percakapanitu tentang permintaan bantuan sangayah agar anak laki-lakinya mencuci-kan sepeda motornya. Berdasarkankonteks dan isi percakapan, jelasbahwa percakapan itu terjadi di rumah(at home). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks percakapan. In an officeartinya di kantor. At school artinyadi sekolah. In a repair shop artinyadi bengkel.

2. D. Koko bersedia membantu ayahnyamencucikan kendaraannya. Sebagaiucapan terima kasih Pak Egarmengucapkan, ”I appreciate it, boy.”yang artinya ”Saya menghargainya,nak.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan ekspresi terima kasih.My pleasure digunakan untukmerespons ucapan terima kasih.Right away, Dad digunakan untukmelaksanakan perintah. Please washthe motor cycle digunakan untukmemberi perintah.

3. A. Respons yang sesuai adalahpermintaan maaf karena semua orangmencari Yessi dan dia tidak memberitahu mereka. Pilihan jawaban (B)adalah respons permintaan maaf,(C) adalah ungkapan memintainformasi, dan (D) adalah responsucapan terima kasih.

4. C. Respons yang tepat diucapkan Yessikarena tidak menepati janji perginonton dan tidak menelepon untukmemberi tahu yang lain adalahungkapan permintaan maaf, yaitu I’mvery sorry not telling you first. Pilihanjawaban (A) adalah respons per-mintaan maaf, (B) adalah ungkapansimpati, dan (D) adalah ungkapanmenolak tawaran.

5. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyamaaf, saya tidak dapat menceritakan-nya benar. Hal ini disimpulkan dari

kalimat sebelumnya yang bermaknabahwa meskipun Rena adalah temanbaiknya, Yessi tidak dapatmemberitahukan masalahnya kepadaRena. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalahungkapan berterima kasih ataskebaikan seseorang, (B) adalahungkapan simpati, dan (D) adalahrespons permintaan maaf.

6. B. Kalimat tanya yang menggunakankata kerja have/has untuk subjektunggal (an ant) memiliki strukturWh-question . . . + does + subject +have + ?. Jadi, kata yang tepatmelengkapi kalimat soal adalah have.

7. D. Kalimat affirmative positif denganmenggunakan kata kerja dan modal(must) memiliki pola: Subject + modal+ have + . . . . Jadi, kata yang tepatmelengkapi kalimat soal adalah have.

8. A. Kalimat affirmative positif (disimpulkandengan kalimat ”. . . his answer iscorrect.” yang artinya ”. . . jawabannyabenar.”) yang menggunakan subjektunggal (an ant) dan kata kerja have/has mempunyai pola Subject + has +. . . . Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapikalimat soal adalah has.

9. C. Berdasarkan kalimat Alice ”I have twobrothers. I’m the youngest, . . . .” yangartinya ”Saya mempunyai duasaudara laki-laki. Saya yang termuda,. . . .” berarti Alice adalah anak ketiga(third) di keluarganya. First artinyapertama, second artinya kedua, danfourth artinya keempat.

10. D. Berdasarkan kalimat Cindy ”I’m theoldest.” yang artinya ”Saya adalahanak tertua.” berarti Cindy adalahanak pertama (first) di keluarganya.

11. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatwanita itu, yaitu ”Do you know wherethe tiolet is?” yang artinya ”ApakahAnda tahu letak toilet?”. Jadi, wanitaitu hendak pergi ke toilet.

12. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatlaki-laki itu yang menjawabpertanyaan tentang letak toilet, yaitu


”It’s downstair, in the first floor.” yangartinya ”Toilet ada di bawah, di lantaipertama.”.

13. C. Kalimat tersebut memerlukan subjekberupa kata ganti orang (pronoun)ketiga tunggal yang mengacu pada’someone outside’ (seseorang di luar).Pronoun yang benar adalah he.Pronoun you mengacu pada orangkedua tunggal, I untuk orang pertamatunggal, dan they untuk orang ketigajamak (lebih dari satu).

14. B. Kalimat tersebut memerlukan objekpronoun yang mengacu pada’someone outside’. Karena di kalimatsebelumnya, ’someone outside’diganti dengan subjek pronoun ’he’(laki-laki), objek pronoun yang benaruntuk kalimat ini adalah him. Heradalah objek pronoun untukperempuan tunggal (she), me adalahobjek pronoun dari I, dan it adalahobjek pronoun untuk benda.

15. A. Subjek pronoun yang benarmelengkapi kalimat itu adalah ’I’karena mengacu pada diri pembicara.She, he, we salah karena mengacupada orang lain.

16. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari jawabanDono atas pertanyaan neneknyatentang nama hari pada saat itu, yaitu”Today is Friday the eighteenth.” yangartinya ”Sekarang adalah hari Jumattanggal 18.”.

17. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatyang pertama, yaitu ”What day is ittoday?” yang artinya ”Sekarang hariapa?”. Jadi, percakapan tersebuttentang nama hari ini (about the dayof that day).

18. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa’biology report’ yang artinya ’laporanatau tugas biologi’. Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan kalau kedua orang dalampercakapan itu adalah anak sekolah(students).

19. A. Kata ganti benda ’it’ mengacu padaobjek benda yang telah disebutkansebelumnya, yaitu ’your report’, dan’you’ mengacu pada Doni. Jadi,pilihan jawaban yang benar adalahDoni’s work.

20. D. Dalam percakapan itu, Saskiamengatakan ”I want to borrow yourcomputer and printer.” yang artinya”Saya ingin meminjam komputer danprintermu.”. Jadi, alat yang akandigunakan Saskia adalah gambardi pilihan jawaban (D).

B. Uraian

Contoh jawaban:Arum : Niken, I want to talk to you.Niken : What about? You look serious.Arum : It is. I broke your mobile phone. It has

no signal now. I’m sorry.Niken : How can it be?Arum : Well, I . . . I tried to load an online

music. I touched something. Suddenly,it was cut and no signal at all.

Niken : You disappoint me.Arum : Please forgive me. I’ll take it to

a repairman, O.K.?Niken : O.K. Make sure it works again.

C. Uraian

Contoh jawaban:Tasya : Thanks for giving me a lift, Ar.Aris : My pleasure.Tasya : Please drop in.Aris : No, thanks. Maybe some other time.Tasya : O.K. Bye.Aris : Bye.

D. Uraian

Contoh jawaban:

Olga, you’re really a good friend ofmine. Your support means a lot to me,thanks. I can manage everythingmyself now. I’m very grateful, thankyou!


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. ask for and give information,2. say something politely,3. create short functional texts

(spoken notices),4. write short functional texts

(personal letters),5. use possessive adjectives and

the simple present tense, and6. tell time and mention kinds

of professions.

In your daily life, you need information for sure. It is important for youto understand kinds of expressions to ask for information. You alsoneed to know some expressions to respond to it. You will learn thoseexpressions in this unit.

Moreover, you will learn how to ask and tell time. It is importantfor you to understand them for your daily conversations.

166 UNIT 4 What do You Do?

4.1 Expressions


Asking for and Giving Information

Look at dialog 1. Sari asks Dio about the bicycle. Dio tells her that the bicycle is his.Look at dialog 2. Dio asks Bowo when they will go to the public library. He answers that dayafter school. Dio agrees with Bowo to go to the public library that day after school.

Both dialogs above tell you about asking for and giving information. In dialog 1, Sari usesyes/no question to ask for information. Dio responds to it by saying “Yes, it is.”It means yes/no questions are always responded by “Yes” or “No”.

Now, study dialog 2. Dio asks a question using “when” (kapan). Bowo replies it by telling thetime, “Today I think.” The word “when” is one of Wh-questions or open questions. You canuse it to ask particular kinds of information. If someone asks you a question word “when”,you must reply him/her by telling the time or date.

When will we go tothe public library?

Today I think. How aboutgoing there after school?

O.K. Noproblem.

2

1

Yes, it is.

Is it your newbicycle?

What a nicebicycle!

Thanks.


In English there are some Wh-questions. Here they are.

1. What (Apa)We use it when we ask for information about something.Example:A : What is inside your paper bag? (Apa yang ada di dalam tas kertasmu?)B : A new dictionary. (Sebuah kamus baru.)

2. When (Kapan)We use it to ask about the time that something happened or will happen.Example:A : When will the school bus arrive? (Kapan bus sekolah akan datang?)B : At 6:30 a.m. (Jam 6:30 pagi.)

3. Where (Di mana)We use it to ask questions about place or position.Example:A : Where do you live? (Di manakah tempat tinggalmu?)B : I live at Jalan Menur number 27. (Aku tinggal di Jalan Menur nomor 27.)

4. Which (Yang mana)We use it when we ask for information about one of a limited number of things.Example:A : Which T-shirt do you prefer? (Kaos mana yang kamu pilih?)B : I prefer the black one. (Aku pilih yang berwarna hitam.)

5. Who (Siapa)We use it when we ask about someone’s identity as a subject.Example:A : Who is your English teacher?B : Mr. Heri Pambudi.

Info:● To ask about someone’s identity as an object, we use whom.

Example:A : Whom do you usually go to school with? (Dengan siapa kamu biasanya

berangkat sekolah?)B : Sheila, my best friend. (Sheila, teman dekatku.)

● To ask about possession, we use whose (milik siapa).Example:A : Whose book is on the table? (Milik siapakah buku yang terletak di atas

meja?)B : It’s mine. (Milikku.)

6. Why (Mengapa)We use it to ask for a reason.Example:A : Why do you choose the brown shoes? (Mengapa kamu memilih sepatu yang

berwarna coklat itu?)B : Because I like the model. (Karena aku suka modelnya.)


Look at the bold-typed words in the dialogs. You use them to ask someone to do or not to dosomething politely. You can also use could to express politeness.Examples: “Could you please get me a paper?” or “Could you turn on the lamp?”

You shouldn’t cutmy hair too short.

O.K. As youwish.

Would you lend me somemoney? I’m broke.

How much doyou need?

Five thousandrupiah.

Well, let mesee.

Thanks a lot.


Grammar Section

Read the sentences and understand the bold-typed words.1. This is my pen.2. Anto reads his favorite book.3. Shinta wears her red skirt.

Possessive Adjectives

7. How (Bagaimana)We use it to ask about the way in which something is done.Example:A : How do you go to school? (Kamu berangkat ke sekolah naik apa?)B : On foot. (Dengan berjalan kaki.)

1

2

Saying Something Politely


4. My cat often licks its fur.5. We must keep our environment clean.6. My sister usually helps Tika, Dita and Ika to solve their math problems.7. Here is your flash disk.

Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences. They are possessiveadjectives. Possessive adjectives means kata ganti kepemilikan. ‘My’ means ‘milikku’, ‘his’means miliknya (laki-laki), ‘her’ means miliknya (perempuan), ‘its’ means miliknya (untukbenda atau hewan), ‘our’ means milik kami/kita, ‘your’ means milikmu/milik kalian and ‘their’means milik mereka.

Read and understand the use of possessive adjectives in the following dialogs.1. Alan : Do you know where my pen is?

Danu : Umm, . . . I think Siska uses your pen.

2. Nanda : What does Anto usually do during his spare time?Luna : He is playing with his pet.

3. Icha : Why does Rianti look sad?Daniar: She has lost her purse.

4. Juwita : What will you do next holiday?Hardi : My sister and I are going to our grandparents’ house.

5. Ricky : Where do Pandu and Nanang live? Do you know their addresses?Putri : No, I don’t.

The Simple Present Tense: Showing Daily Routines

Read the sentences and study the explanation.The simple present tense is frequently used in English. You can use it to show your dailyroutines (daily activities).

Examples:Every morning, I wake up at 4:30 a.m., then I make my bed. My sister wakes up earlier

than me. She usually helps my mother in the kitchen. After I make the bed, my family and I dothe morning prayer together. Once I finish it, I take a shower. At that time, my father usuallycleans his car in the garage. My mother and my sister prepare our breakfast at 5:30 a.m. Wehave our breakfast at 5:45 a.m. When we are ready, we get into the car. My father usuallytakes my sister and me to school at 6 a.m. After that, he takes my mother to her office. Mysister and I arrive at school at 6:20 a.m. After school, I usually go home by bus at 1 p.m.My sister always goes home later than me. She is a senior high student. I often take a napabout an hour. When I wake up, my sister usually arrives home. My parents usually arrivehome at 5 p.m.

Patterns:

Singular subjectsAffirmative (+) : He/She/It + verb + -s/-es + object/complementNegative (–) : He/She/It + does not + verb base + object/complementInterrogative (?) : Does + he/she/it + verb base + object/complement + ?


Plural subjects and IAffirmative (+) : I/We/You/They + verb base + object/complementNegative (–) : I/We/You/They + do not + verb base + object/complementInterrogative (?) : Do + we/you/they + verb base + object/complement + ?

Info: doesn’t = does not; don’t = do not

In the simple present tense, you usually use adverbs of time (keterangan waktu) such asalways (selalu), usually (biasanya), often (sering), seldom (jarang), ever (pernah) andnever (tidak pernah).

Examples:1. I always wear uniform to school.2. My brother usually goes to school with his friends at 6 a.m..3. Dian often takes a nap at about 3 p.m.

Telling Time

Study how to tell time.In the sentence “My brother usually goes to school with his friends at 6 a.m.”, you usea.m. (ante meridiem) to tell the time in the morning. In the sentence “Dian often takes a napat about 3 p.m.”, you use p.m. (post meridiem) to tell the time after midday or noon (12 p.m.).Study the following examples.

It’s six o’clock. It’s seven o’clock. It’s eight o’clock.

My mother picks me up at a quarter to two.My mother picks me up at one forty-five.

My father goes to work at half past six.My father goes to work at six thirty.


● Remember, use o’clock at the full hour only.Don’t use o’clock if it is not the full hour.Correct examples:– 6 = six o’clock– 6:30 = six thirty/half past six

Incorrect example:6:30 = six thirty o’clock

● Use past for minutes 01–minutes 30.Use to (American English: before/of/till) for minutes 31–minutes 59.

Examples:– 7:15 = a quarter past seven– 7:30 = half past seven– 7:45 = a quarter to eight

Kinds of Professions

Read and study the dialog.Putra : Wan, what does your father do?Wawan : He is a police officer.Putra : And your mother?Wawan : She’s a nurse. What about your parents? What do they do?Putra : My father is a sailor and my mother is a housewife.Wawan : I see.

Look at the bold-typed expressions. You can use it to ask someone’s profession/occupation. You can also do it by saying “What is your job?”

Look at the pictures and remember the words.

Mr. Setiawan isa banker.

2

Ms. Aprilia isa doctor.

3

Miss Claudia isa secretary.

4

Mr. Hidayat isa teacher.

5

Ms. Diana isa police officer.

6

Mr. Barata isa soldier.

1


7

That man is a farmer.

8

Ms. Rini is a grocer.

9

My uncle is a driver.

10

Eva’s father isa firefighter.

11

Mr. Hardi is a parkingattendant.

12

Julian is a gas pumpattendant.

13

Mr. Wisnu isa dustman.

14

Eli works as a shopassistant.

15

Ms. Endang isa satay vendor.

16

Ms. Erna is a florist.

17

That man isa fisherman.

18

Riko is a gardener.


Remember Unit 3 and answer the questions below.

1. What have you learned in Unit 3?Jawaban: I have learned two English expressions, expressing gratitude or thanking and

saying sorry or apologizing. I also learned gratitude cards.

2. What should you say when you make a mistake?Jawaban: I should say, “I am sorry.”

3. When people help you, what should you say?Jawaban: I should say, “Thank you.”

4. Do you know the school utensils? Mention them.Jawaban: Yes, I do. Some of them are pens, pencils, rubbers, rulers, correction pens, pencil

sharpeners, pencil cases and colored pencils.

5. Make two sentences using the verbs have and has.Contoh jawaban:a. I have many friends.b. Tito has two sisters.

19

Mr. Aswin is a schoolguard.

20

Ms. Yetti isa fishmonger.

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.

1. Andi : Do you want to go home now?Rehandi : No, I don’t.Andi : When will you go home?Rehandi : In a few minutes. What’s up?Andi : Um, . . . can I have a lift?Rehandi : Of course.


2. Titin : Do you know a book store nearby?Lina : Yes, I do.Titin : Where is it?Lina : It’s at Jalan Pandawa number 4. It’s near the post office.Titin : I see, thanks.Lina : You’re welcome.

3. Raka : Would you please tell me where the canteen is?Doni : Sure. Go straight and turn left. It’s next to the library.Raka : Thank you very much.Doni : Don’t mention it.

4. Mr. Santoso : Where are you going?Mila : I’m going to buy some snacks.Mr. Santoso : Could you buy me a can of orange juice?Mila : O.K.Mr. Santoso : Thanks, dear.Mila : Anytime, Dad.

5. Mrs. Bambang : Ferdi, how will you go to your uncle’s house?Ferdi : I will go there by bus, Mom. What’s up?Mrs. Bambang : Nothing. I just want to know. In case you need some more money.Ferdi : Yes, Mom. I need it. I don’t know exactly how much the fare is.Mrs. Bambang : Here you are.Ferdi : Thank you very much, Mom.Mrs. Bambang : You’re welcome.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs in Task A.Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:

Dialog 11. What is the relationship between the speakers?2. What will Rehandi do a few minutes later?3. What does Andi ask?

Dialog 24. What are Titin and Lina talking about?5. Where’s the book store?6. What does Titin say to ask for information?7. What’s the relationship between the speakers?

Dialog 38. What does Raka ask Doni to do?9. Do you think Raka asks Doni politely? How do you know?

Dialog 410. What is the relationship between the speakers?11. Mr. Santoso says, “Where are you going?” What does he express?12. Which one is the expression of saying something politely?

Dialog 513. What is the relationship between the speakers?14. Which one is the expression of asking for information?15. Why does Ferdi need some more money?


Jawaban:1. They are classmates.2. He will go home.3. He asks for a lift.4. They’re talking about a book store nearby.5. It is at Jalan Pandawa number 4, near the post office.6. She says, “Do you know a book store nearby?”7. They’re friends.8. Raka asks Doni to show where the canteen is.9. Yes, I do. Doni says, “Would you please tell me where the canteen is?”

10. Father and his daughter.11. He asks for information.12. It is “Could you buy me a can of orange juice?”13. Mother and her son.14. It is “Ferdi, how will you go to your uncle house?”15. Because he doesn’t know exactly how much the fare is.

C. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs with the sentences you have heard.


Dialog 1Derry : You look so pale. (1) Are you O.K.?Ari : No, I’m not.Derry : (2) What’s wrong? Perhaps I can help you.Ari : I’ve got a stomachache.Derry : Let me take you to the sick bay.Ari : Thanks.

Dialog 2Tara : Ki, (3) who is that cute baby?Kiki : He’s Radit, my youngest brother.Tara : (4) How old is he?Kiki : Eight months old.

Dialog 3Ella : Excuse me, Sir. (5) Could you do me a favor?Mr. Chandra : Sure. (6) What is it?Ella : (7) Could you show me the way to the railway station?Mr. Chandra : (8) Go straight and turn left at the T-junction. It’s near the Golden Hotel.Ella : Thank you.

Dialog 4Mr. Wijaya : Hello. Wijaya’s speaking.Mrs. Handoko : Hello. (9) Can I talk to Miss Tika Wijaya, please?Mr. Wijaya : (10) Please hang on. I’ll call her.Mrs. Handoko : O.K. Thanks.


D. Read the dialogs below.Your teacher will ask some questions about them.Answer the questions orally.

1. Santi and Sinta are twins. They are going to buy a gift for their friend in a gift shop.Santi : Sinta, what do you think about this purple scarf?Sinta : It’s nice, but I think Lina prefers something else.Santi : Um . . ., I think so. Maybe we can give her a night lamp.Sinta : Good idea. What color does she like?Santi : She likes light green.Sinta : Let’s get a light green night lamp, then.Santi : O.K.

2. Santi and Sinta are in a gift shop now.Santi : Sinta, let’s get in.Sinta : Come on.Shop assistant : Welcome to Kyu-Kyu gift shop. Anything I can help you, Miss?Santi : Well, we need a night lamp.Sinta : Right. Do you have the light green one?Shop assistant : Yes, we have several models here. Take a look.Several minutes later . . . .Sinta : Santi, how about this one? It’s pretty good.Santi : I agree with you.Sinta : Excuse me, Miss. We want to buy this lamp.Santi : How much is it?Shop assistant : It’s fifty-seven thousand rupiah.Sinta : O.K. We take it.Shop assistant : Please pay at the cashier.Santi : Sure, thanks.


1. What is the dialog 1 about?2. Where do you think the two dialogs take place?3. Where do Santi and Sinta buy the gift?4. What is the relationship between Santi and Sinta?5. What does Santi suggest to buy at first?6. What is Lina’s favorite color?7. What do the girls decide to buy at last?8. What is the gift shop name?9. Is the shop assistant a man or woman? How do you know?

10. How much is the lamp?11. What are the expressions of asking for information in the dialogs?12. What are the expressions of giving information in the dialogs?13. What does Sinta say to express politeness?14. What does the shop assistant say to express politeness?15. After asking for the lamp’s price, where will Santi and Sinta go?


Jawaban:1. About deciding a gift for their friend.2. The first dialog is at home or on the way and the second one is in a gift shop.3. In a gift shop.4. They are twins.5. A purple scarf.6. Light green.7. A light green night lamp.8. Kyu-Kyu gift shop.9. A woman. Based on Sinta’s sentence, “Excuse me, Miss. We want to buy this lamp.”

10. Fifty-seven thousand rupiah.11. There are “What color does she like?”, “Do you have the light green one?”, “How much is it?”.12. There are “She likes light green.”, “Yes, we have several models here.”, “It’s fifty-seven

thousand rupiah.”.13. She says, “Excuse me, Miss.”14. She says, “Welcome to Kyu-Kyu gift shop.” and “Anything I can help you, Miss?”15. To the cashier.

E. Listen to your teacher.Answer his/her questions based on your own data.


1. What is your full name?2. What’s your birth date?3. What’s your father’s name?4. What does your father do?5. What’s your mother’s name?6. What does your mother do?7. Do you have brothers or sisters?8. How many brothers or sisters do you have?9. What lesson do you like?

10. Why do you like the lesson?11. Where is your English book?12. Will you do your homework?13. Will you do house work?14. Will you help your friends?15. Could you read your book loudly?

Contoh jawaban:1. Ferry Kurniawan Ardianto. 2. August 20, 1996.3. Andika Surya Bagaskoro. 4. He is a lawyer.5. Sartika Dian Handoyo. 6. She is a housewife.7. Yes, I do. 8. I have one elder brother only.9. I like English and math. 10. English is fun and math is challenging.

11. In my bag. 12. Yes, I will.13. Yes, I will. 14. Yes, I will.15. Yes, I could.


Variasi:Guru menyuruh siswa untuk bertanya kepada teman sebangkunya dengan menggunakanpertanyaan di Task E atau pertanyaan yang mengandung Wh-questions. Selain itu, siswadiperbolehkan mengajukan pertanyaan yang mengandung yes/no questions.

F. Listen to you teacher.Write down the sentences you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. I always go to school on foot.2. My friends and I usually study English together in my house.3. My mother often asks me to go to the market with her.4. Eni’s father seldom reads newspapers without his glasses.5. Edi’s brother never skips school.6. Devi’s sister likes oranges very much.7. My brother doesn’t like oranges.8. Does your grandmother read a book every day?9. Does Bambang think English is difficult?

10. Does Vera’s best friend always go to Vera’s house in weekends?

G. Read the sentences in Task F.Underline the subjects and circle the verbs.

Jawaban:1. I always go to school on foot.

2. My friends and I usually study English together in my house.

3. My mother often asks me to go to the market with her.

4. Eni’s father seldom reads newspapers without his glasses.

5. Edi’s brother never skips school.

6. Devi’s sister likes oranges very much

7. My brother doesn’t like oranges.

8. Does your grandmother read a book every day?

9. Does Bambang think English is difficult?

10. Does Vera’s friend always go to Vera’s house in weekends?


Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:

1. Mr. Sanjaya is a teacher. He teaches English in my school.2. Miss Anita is a grocer. She works in a market.3. Mr. Parwoto is a driver. He drives a taxi.4. Ms. Santika is a doctor. She works in a public health center.5. Mr. Herman is a fisherman. He catches fish at sea.6. Mr. Karyo works as a dustman in my place. He always goes to work early in the morning.7. Mr. Parto is a gardener. He works diligently.8. Ardi works as a gas pump attendant. His work place is not far from his house.

H. Listen to your teacher.Match the sentences you’ve heard with the suitable pictures.Fill in the sentence number in each box near the correct picture.

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the verbs in Task F.Jawaban:1. go = pergi 2. study = belajar3. ask = meminta, menyuruh 4. read = membaca5. skip = membolos 6. like = suka7. like = suka 8. read = membaca9. think = berpikir 10. go = pergi

Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:

27 3 6

45 1 8


I. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the sentences in Task H.Answer them orally.


1. What does Mr. Sanjaya do?2. Where does Mr. Sanjaya work?3. What does Miss Anita do?4. Where does Miss Anita work?5. What does Mr. Parwoto do?6. Where does Mr. Parwoto work?7. What does Ms. Santika do?8. Where does Ms. Santika work?9. What does Mr. Herman do?

10. Where does Mr. Herman work?11. What is Mr. Karyo’s job?12. When does he usually go to work?13. What is Mr. Parto?14. How does he work?15. Is Ardi’s workplace far from his house?

Jawaban:1. He is a teacher. 2. In school.3. She is a grocer. 4. In a market.5. He is a taxi driver. 6. In a taxi company.7. She is a doctor. 8. In a public health center.9. He is a fisherman. 10. At sea.

11. He is a dustman. 12. He goes to work early in the morning.13. He is a gardener. 14. He works diligently.15. No, it is not.

Variasi:

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.1. A grocer works in a gas station.2. A doctor works in a public health center.3. A teacher works in school.4. A taxi driver works in an airport.5. A fisherman works at sea.

Jawaban:1. F. A grocer works in a market.2. T3. T4. F. A taxi driver works in a taxi.5. T


J. Listen to your teacher.Write the sentences you have heard in your book.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

1. It’s seven o’clock. 2. It’s seven fifteen.3. It’s half past seven. 4. It’s a quarter to eight.5. It’s a quarter to one. 6. It’s half past twelve.7. It’s twelve fifteen. 8. It’s twelve o’clock.9. It’s five fifteen. 10. It’s half past five.

Jawaban:

1 2 3

4 5 6

K. Read the sentences you have written in Task J.Draw the correct pointers on the clock pictures.

7 8

9 10


L. Listen to your teacher.Write the text you have heard.


Every Monday, Fitri and his brother go to school earlier than usual. They go to school at6 a.m. by bicycle. Today they will have a flag hoisting ceremony. Therefore, they have to wear theirhats and ties. They usually arrive at school at 6:15 a.m.

Variasi:

Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal ini.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:1. It’s a quarter to six. 2. It’s five o’clock.3. It’s three fourteen. 4. It’s eleven past two.5. It’s quarter to nine. 6. It’s eight to nine.7. It’s three to ten. 8. It’s four past nine.9. It’s four to nine. 10. It’s half past four.

Jawaban:

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

9 10

8


Variasi:

Match the words with their meanings correctly.Then, make sentences using the words.

a. biasanya b. upacara pengibaran bendera c. memakaid. tiba e. lebih awal f. sening. sekolah h. saudara laki-lakii. sepeda j. topi

1. Monday 2. brother 3. earlier4. flag hoisting ceremony 5. arrive 6. wear7. hat 8. usual 9. bicycle

10. school

Jawaban:1. f 2. h 3. e 4. b 5. d6. c 7. j 8. a 9. i 10. g

Contoh jawaban:1. I have a PE class every Monday.2. I only have one brother.3. Linda always arrives earlier at school.4. Tomorrow we will have a flag hoisting ceremony.5. My mother arrives from Jakarta this afternoon.6. Linda wears a nice gown in her party.7. My brother likes to wear a hat.8. Mr. Karyo goes to work very early as usual.9. The children go to school by bicycles.

10. My school is near the public health center.

M. Read the text you have written in Task L.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

1. ______ Fitri goes to school with her brother.2. ______ Fitri goes to school on foot.3. ______ Fitri and his brother have a flag hoisting ceremony on Monday.4. ______ Fitri doesn’t wear a hat during the flag hoisting ceremony.5. ______ Wearing a hat during the flag hoisting ceremony is a must.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. Fitri and her brother go to school by bicycle.3. T4. F. Fitri and her brother have to wear their hats during the flag hoisting ceremony. It means,

Fitri wears a hat.5. T



1. When do Fitri and her brother go to school earlier?2. How do Fitri and her brother go to school?3. What do they have to wear during the flag hoisting ceremony?4. Why do Fitri and her brother go to school earlier?5. Do you think Fitri and her brother are obedient students?

N. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.


Agus usually (1) gets up at five in the morning. He (2) takes a shower at five thirty.He (3) has breakfast at five forty five. After that, he (4) goes to school at a quarter past six. Hegoes early in the morning because his house is about three kilometers far from school. He goesthere by school bus. The lesson (5) starts at seven o’clock sharp.

Variasi:

Listen to your teacher’s questions.Answer the questions based on the text in Task L.

Jawaban:1. They go to school earlier every Monday.2. By bicycle.3. A hat and a tie.4. Because they will have a flag hoisting ceremony.5. Yes, I do.

Variasi:

Listen to your teacher.Write down the sentences you have heard.Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

1. A teacher is someone who teaches students at school.2. A police officer is someone who protects people.3. A typist is someone who types letters or documents.4. A shop assistant is someone who helps buyers in a store.5. A butcher is someone who sells meat.6. A postman is someone who delivers mails.7. A doctor is someone who examines people who are sick.8. A fisherman is someone who catches fish for living.9. A nurse is someone who takes care of sick people in hospital.

10. A waiter is someone who serves people in a restaurant.


P. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the text in Task N.

1. What is the text about?A. Going to school.B. Waking up in the morning.C. Agus’ school.D. Agus’ activities before going to school.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenateks tersebut berisi tentang kegiatan Agusdari bangun tidur sampai berangkat kesekolah.

2. When does Agus usually get up?A. At 5 a.m.B. At 5:05 a.m.C. At 5:15 a.m.D. At 5:45 a.m.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat pertama teks.

3. “He takes a shower at five thirty.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. Agus’ brother.B. Agus.C. Agus’ teacher.D. Agus’ parents.

Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan darisubjek di kalimat sebelumnya.

4. When does Agus go to school?A. At 6 a.m.B. At 6:15 a.m.C. At 6:45 a.m.D. At 7 a.m.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”After that, he goesto school at a quarter past six.”.

5. “The lesson starts at seven o’clock sharp.”The word ‘starts’ can be best replaced with________.A. beginsB. endsC. finishesD. stopsJawaban: AKata ’starts’ memiliki arti yang samadengan kata ’begins’, yaitu mulai.

O. Read the complete text in Task N.Fill in the table based on the text.

Activities

Get upTake a showerHave breakfastGo to schoolStart the lesson

Time Schedule

5 a.m.5:30 a.m.5:45 a.m.6:15 a.m.7 a.m.


Q. Read the text aloud.Listen to your teacher’s questions.Choose A, B, C, or D for the correctanswer.

Hi, I am Jajat. Mr. Sanjaya is my father andMrs. Sania Sanjaya is my mother. My father isa doctor. He works in a public hospital. It is atJalan Serayu number 2. My father works from9 a.m. up to 5 p.m. He often works overtime. Hesometimes arrives home at 8 p.m. My mother isa typist. She works in a public accountant office.She types important documents. She works from7:30 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. She usually arrives homeat 4:15 p.m.

3. A.

B.

C.

D.

Jawaban: CDalam teks disebutkan bahwa PakSanjaya bekerja di sebuah rumah sakit,maka gambar yang tepat adalah gambarpada pilihan jawaban (C).

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakanguru:

1. Who is Jajat?2. What is Mrs. Sania Sanjaya?3. Where does Mr. Sanjaya work?4. When does Mr. Sanjaya usually arrive

home?5. When does Mrs. Sanjaya usually arrive

home?

Soal-soal yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

1. A. Mr. Sanjaya’s brother.B. Mr. Sanjaya’s neighbor.C. Mr. Sanjaya’s son.D. Mr. Sanjaya’s nephew.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengankalimat kedua teks yang menyebutkanbahwa Pak Sanjaya adalah ayahnya Jajat.

2. A. A typist.B A secretary.C. A teacher.D. A doctor.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”My mother isa typist.”. Dalam teks disebutkan bahwaBu Sania adalah ibunya Jajat.


4. A.

B.

C.

D.

Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat kedelapan, ”Hesometimes arrives home at 8 p.m.”.

5. A.

B.

C.

D.

Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks.

Variasi:

Read the text in Task Q.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).1. ______ Mr. Sanjaya is Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s husband.2. ______ Mr. Sanjaya is a doctor in a private hospital.3. ______ Mr. Sanjaya works about eight hours a day.4. ______ Mr. Sanjaya is a hard worker.5. ______ Mr. Sanjaya goes to work before 9 o’clock at night.6. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya works as a secretary in an accountant office.7. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s rarely works overtime.8. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya job is operating telephones.9. ______ It takes more than an hour from Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s office to her house.

10. ______ Mrs. Sania Sanjaya is a working woman.


A. Read the dialogs aloud.Practice them with your friend.

1. Tata and Nila are waiting for Ari at Nila’s house. They are going to study together.Tata : Nil, do you think Ari will not come?Nila : Umm, . . . he will come in fifteen minutes.Tata : How do you know?Nila : Well, read this SMS. It’s from him.Tata : (Reading SMS) Wait for me. I got a flat tire. I’ll get there in fifteen minutes.Nila : See?Tata : Hmm, . . . poor boy.Nila : Let’s prepare the materials first.Tata : O.K.

2. Dessy : Can I borrow your electronic dictionary, please?Neni : Sure. It’s inside my bag. Help yourself.Dessy : Thank you, Neni.Neni : No big deal.

3. Sari : Do you have Miss Dyah’s phone number?Haris : No, I don’t. But, Reny may have it.Sari : I’ll ask her, then.Haris : O.K. Sorry for not helping you.Sari : No problem.

4. Mawar : Good morning, Ma’am.Mrs. Wardoyo : Morning, Mawar. Could you do me a favor?Mawar : My pleasure. What is it?Mrs. Wardoyo : Can you bring me the dictionary on my desk, please?Mawar : It won’t bother.

5. Dadang : Do you have one more pencil?Hana : Yes. What’s up?Dadang : Can I borrow it? I don’t bring any pencils today.Hana : Help yourself.Dadang : Thank you.Hana : Don’t mention it.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. Mr. Sanjaya is a doctor in a public hospital.3. T4. T5. F. Mr. Sanjaya goes to work before 9 a.m. It is in the morning.6. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya works as a typist.7. T8. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya types important documents.9. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s finishes her work at 3:45 p.m. and she arrives home at 4:15 p.m.

It means it takes about half an hour from the office to her house.10. T


B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.

Dialog 11. What is the dialog about?

Jawaban: About waiting for a friend who comes late.

2. What are Tata, Nila, and Ari going to do?Jawaban: They are going to study together.

3. Why does Ari come late?Jawaban: He gets a flat tire.

4. Which are the expressions of asking for information?Jawaban: They are “Nila, do you think Ari will not come?” and “How do you know?”

5. Which are the expressions of giving information?Jawaban: They are “Umm, . . . he will come here in fifteen minutes.” and “Well, read this

SMS. It’s from him.”


Jawaban: About borrowing a friend’s electronic dictionary.2. Where’s Neni’s electronic dictionary?

Jawaban: Inside her bag.3. Does Dessy take the electronic dictionary herself?

Jawaban: Yes, she does.4. Does Dessy ask Neni’s permission to borrow the electronic dictionary politely?

Jawaban: Yes, she does.5. What does Dessy say to ask Neni’s permission to borrow the dictionary?

Jawaban: She says, “Can I borrow your electronic dictionary, please?”


Jawaban: About asking for someone’s phone number.2. Does Haris have Miss Dyah’s phone number?

Jawaban: No, he doesn’t.3. Who has Miss Dyah’s phone number?

Jawaban: Rani does.4. What expressions of asking for information can you find in the dialog?

Jawaban: It is “Do you have Miss Dyah’s phone number?”5. How many expressions of giving information can you find in the dialog? What are they?

Jawaban: Two expressions; “No, I don’t.” and “But, Reny, may have it.”


Jawaban: About asking for someone’s help.2. Does Mrs. Wardoyo ask for Mawar’s help politely?

Jawaban: Yes, she does.3. Which expression shows Mrs. Wardoyo’s politeness?

Jawaban: It is “Could you do me a favor?”4. Does Mawar want to help Mrs. Wardoyo?

Jawaban: Yes, she does.5. Where is the dictionary?

Jawaban: On Mrs. Wardoyo’s desk.



Jawaban: About borrowing someone’s thing.2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?

Jawaban: In a classroom.3. What is the relationship between the speakers?

Jawaban: They are friends.4. Do you find the expressions of asking for or giving information? Mention them.

Jawaban: Yes, I do.Expressions of asking for information: “Do you have one more pencil?” and “What’s up?”Expressions of giving information: “Yes.”; “I don’t bring any pencils today.”

5. Do you find the expression of politeness? What are they?Jawaban: Yes, I do. It is “Can I borrow it?”

C. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.Practice the proper dialogs with your friend.

Percakapan-percakapan yang diacak dan jawaban:

Dialog 1Mr. Adi : Renaldi, would you mention your complete name?

Renaldi : R–E–N–A–L–D–I and S–U–B–A–N–D–O–N–O.

Mr. Adi : How do you spell it?

Renaldi : You’re welcome, Sir.

Mr. Adi : Thank you, Renaldi.

Renaldi : Sure. Renaldi Subandono.

Dialog 2Putra : Hello, Feb. Where have you been?

Febri : Yes. It’s at Jalan Pemuda number 5.

Putra : Is it around here?

Febri : I’ve been from my grandma’s house.

Dialog 3Melati is at a bakery. She meets Miss Danti, her English teacher.

Melati : I can see it, Miss. You bring 10 blueberry doughnuts in your basket.

Miss Danti : That’s very kind of you.

Melati : Sure, what is it?

Miss Danti : Oh, hello. Are you Melati from Class VIIB?

Melati : You’re right, I’m Melati. But I’m from Class VIIC.

Miss Danti : Umm . . ., I can’t bring all of my stuff into my car myself. They’re quite a lot.

Melati : Never mind, Miss.

Miss Danti : I’m sorry, Melati.

Melati : Let me help you, then.

Miss Danti : Is it a blueberry doughnut in your hand?

Melati : Yes, Miss. This is my favorite.

1

4

3

6

5

2

1

4

3

2

9

14

11

2

3

12

5

4

13

6

7


Miss Danti : I do like it too.

Melati : Hello, Miss Danti.

Miss Danti : Well, Melati, could you please do me a favor?

Dialog 4Titi : Anything I can help you, Ma’am?

Mrs. Hidayat : Yes. So . . ., I need a kilogram of eggs, a can of tomato soup and a can ofsardine.

Titi : Sure. Do you need it too?

Mrs. Hidayat : Yes, please. I need to buy a kilogram of eggs and a can of tomato soup.

Titi : Let me take them for you then.

Mrs. Hidayat : Thank you. Do you also have a can of sardine?

D. Find possessive adjectives in the dialogs in Task C.Underline them.

Jawaban:

Dialog 1Mr. Adi : Renaldi, would you mention your complete name?Renaldi : Sure. Renaldi Subandono.Mr. Adi : How do you spell it?Renaldi : R–E–N–A–L–D–I and S–U–B–A–N–D–O–N–O.Mr. Adi : Thank you, Renaldi.Renaldi : You’re welcome, Sir.

Dialog 2Putra : Hello, Feb. Where have you been?Febri : I’ve been from my grandma’s house.Putra : Is it around here?Febri : Yes. It’s at Jalan Pemuda number 5.

Dialog 3Melati is at a bakery. She meets Miss Danti, her English teacher.Melati : Hello, Miss Danti.Miss Danti : Oh, hello. Are you Melati from Class VIIB?Melati : You’re right, I’m Melati. But I’m from Class VIIC.Miss Danti : I’m sorry, Melati.Melati : Never mind, Miss.Miss Danti : Is it a blueberry doughnut in your hand?Melati : Yes, Miss. This is my favorite.Miss Danti : I do like it too.Melati : I can see it, Miss. You bring 10 blueberry doughnuts in your basket.Miss Danti : Well, Melati, could you please do me a favor?Melati : Sure, what is it?Miss Danti : Umm . . ., I can’t bring all of my stuff into my car myself. They’re quite a lot.Melati : Let me help you, then.Miss Danti : That’s very kind of you.

Dialog 4There is no possessive adjective in the dialog.

1

6

5

2

3

4

8

1

10


Variasi:

Listen to your teacher.Write down the sentences you have heard in your book.Underline the possessive adjectives.Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan sekaligus jawaban:1. Tina doesn’t bring an umbrella. Her umbrella is out of order.2. I put a book on the table. My book is red in color.3. My father asks me to get him his glasses.4. The book looks interesting. I have read its summary.5. Do you know that Mr. Bowo is our new English teacher?

E. Make five sentences using possessive adjectives.

Contoh jawaban:1. I clean my bicycle before I go to school.2. Can I borrow your raincoat?3. We will visit our grandma this holiday.4. Heru writes something on his book.5. Kayla brings her little brother a story book.

F. Create dialogs based on the following clues.Practice the dialogs in front of the class.

1. Student A

Greets student B.

Asks where students B will go.

Asks student B’s favor to givea book to someone.

Says thanks to student B.

Student B

Gives response to student A’s greeting.

Answers student A’s question.

States whether student B will grant studentA’s request.

Gives response to student A’s gratitude.

2.Student A

Asks why student B looks so happy.

Responds to student B’s explanation.

Tells student B that you want to go to thecanteen. Ask student B to come along.

Student B

Answers student A’s question.

Responds to student A’s statement.

Decides whether you will go to the canteenwith student A or not.


Contoh jawaban:1. Aan : Hi, Burhan.

Burhan : Hi, An.Aan : Where are you heading?Burhan : I’m going to the library.Aan : Um . . ., Burhan, could you please help me?Burhan : What can I do for you?Aan : Please give this book to Dana, class VIID. It is the class next to the library.Burhan : O.K.Aan : Thanks a lot.Burhan : Don’t mention it.

2. Ara : Hi, Boim. You look so happy. What’s up?Boim : Of course I’m happy. I get the highest score for my English test.Ara : Wow, great! No wonder. You’re a diligent student.Boim : Thanks, Ara.Ara : Um . . . by the way, I’m going to the canteen. Maybe you want to come along?Boim : O.K. Let’s go there. Choose whatever you want. It’s on me.

G. In pairs, create dialogs based on the situations.Practice the dialogs in front of the class.

1. You’re in a bookstore. You want to buy some notebooks, drawing books, a pencil and a pen.The bookstore is big and you don’t know where to find all the stuffs you need. You ask a helpto a shop assistant.

2. You don’t know how to do your English homework. You think it’s difficult. You ask your sister tohelp you. You ask her politely.

3. There will be a working bee at school. You’re the captain of your class. You need moreinformation about the activity. You go to your homeroom teacher to get some informationabout that. Do it politely.

4. Your friend looks sad. You ask him/her what the matter is. You offer him/her a help. Your friendthanks you. You give response to your friend’s gratitude.

Contoh jawaban:1. You : Excuse me. I need to buy some notebooks, drawing books, a pencil and

a pen. Would you tell me where to find them?Shop assistant : Sure. Just follow me.You : O.K.Shop assistant : Here you can find them all. Anything else?You : No, thank you very much.

2. You : Sister, I have an English assignment, but I don’t understand how to do it. Wouldyou help me, please?

Your sister : No problem. Where is your assignment?You : Here it is.Your sister : Um . . . you should find some pictures of daily activities from any sources.You : And then?Your sister : Cut them out and stick them on a paper.


3. You : Excuse me, Sir. May I come in?Your teacher : Sure. Take a seat.You : Thank you, Sir.Your teacher : Anything I can help you?You : Yes, Sir. It’s about the working bee.Your teacher : What do you want to know?You : I need to know when exactly it will be held and what we should bring.Your teacher : Tomorrow at thirty past seven. You can bring any cleaning tools.You : O.K., Sir. Thank you very much.Your teacher : You’re welcome.

4. You : You look so sad. What’s wrong?Your friend : I lost my wallet. I don’t have any money.You : Poor you. But don’t worry. You can use mine.Your friend : Really? Thank you so much. That’s very kind of you.You : Anytime.

H. Draw pointers on the pictures of a clock based on the dialogs.Practice the dialogs with a friend.

Percakapan-percakapan soal dan jawaban:

1. A : What time do you usually wake up on Sundays?B : At four thirty in the morning.

2. A : When does Sherly usually have her breakfast?B : At a quarter past six in the morning.

3. A : What time does Tata open her candy store?B : At nine o’clock in the morning.

4. A : When does your mother go to work?B : At seven o’clock in the morning.


5. A : What time do you often watch television?B : At three o’clock in the afternoon.

6. A : When do you have an English course?B : At half past one on Saturday.

7. A : What time does the lesson start?B : At a quarter to seven in the morning.

8. A : When does Dewi go to bed at night?B : At nine o’clock.

9. A : What time does Ivan study in the evening?B : At half past six.

10. A : When does Hery join boyscouts?B : On Friday, at half past three in the afternoon.


I. Rearrange the jumbled words to make correct sentences.Read your work aloud.

1. Sita–wakes up–always–in–5–at–the morning–o’clock.2. Dadang–at–5–the morning–o’clock–wakes up–in.3. Rini–do–the–morning prayers–together–and–Rina.4. Dedi–takes–usually–a shower–6 a.m.–at.5. have–we–together–breakfast.6. Dila–to–goes–school–bike–by.7. Okta–home–goes–2 p.m.–at.8. I–go–rarely–to–school–foot–on.9. my mother–always–me–pick–up–1:30 p.m.–at.

10. Santi–like–doesn’t–fish–salty.

Jawaban:1. Sita always wakes up at 5 o’clock in the morning.2. Dadang wakes up at 5 o’clock in the morning.3. Rini and Rina do the morning prayers together.4. Dedy usually takes a shower at 6 a.m.5. We have breakfast together.6. Dila goes to school by bike.7. Okta goes home at 2 p.m.8. I rarely go to school on foot.9. My mother always picks me up at 1:30 p.m.

10. Santi doesn’t like salty fish.

Variasi:

Guru dapat menambahkan soal-soal sebagai berikut.

1. doesn’t–Banu–have–a–bag–big.2. Rani–breakfast–doesn’t–usually–have.3. you–do–have–a–pen?4. you–are–from–student–Class VIIE–?5. Lina–is–student–new–a–?

Jawaban:1. Banu doesn’t have a big bag.2. Rani usually doesn’t have breakfast.3. Do you have a pen?4. Are you student from Class VIIE?5. Is Lina a new student?

J. Do the activities.

1. Work in pairs.2. Ask your friend’s daily activities. Use the expressions of asking for information.3. Ask the time when your friends do their daily activities.4. Write down the information you get.5. Tell the information in front of the class (at least five sentences).

Contoh jawaban:Nia is one of my classmates. She usually wakes up at five o’clock in the morning. After that,

she does the morning prayer. She washes herself at about a quarter past five. She always hasbreakfast at six o’clock. She goes to school at half past six. Well, that’s all about Nia.


K. What pictures are they?Tell your friends.Number one has been done for you.

Ms. Aprilia

This is Ms. Aprilia. She isa doctor. She works ina public health center.

1 2 3

Mr. Damar Mr. Djatmika

4 5

Mr. Aji Mrs. Hartadi

Contoh jawaban:2. This is Mr. Damar. He is a fisherman. He catches fish at sea.3. This is Mr. Djatmika. He is a farmer. He works in the rice field.4. This is Mr. Aji. He is a teacher. He works at school.5. This is Mrs. Hartadi. She is a florist. She runs a flower shop.

L. Fill in the table with your activities before going to school.Make a paragraph based on it.Tell your friends about it.

Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan contoh jawaban:

No.

1.2.3.4.5.

Activities

Get up.Do the morning prayers.Take a shower and dress up.Have breakfast and other activities.Go to school.

Time

5 a.m.5:10 a.m.5:30 a.m.6 a.m.6:15 a.m.


Contoh jawaban:I usually get up at 5 a.m. After that, I do the morning prayers at 5:10 a.m. Then, I take

a shower and dress up at 5:30 a.m. I have breakfast and other activities at 6 a.m. When I’m ready,I go to school at 6:15 a.m. I usually go to school by bus.

Spoken Text

4.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Notices and Letters

Read the sentences and understand the explanation.

Keep the board cleanafter you use it.

All right, Ma’am.

The teacher says, “Keep the board clean after you use it.” to her student. The expressionis a spoken notice. You use it to ask someone to do or not to do something. It is usuallyshort and easy to understand.


Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Jakarta, April 4, 2009

Dear Putri,How are you, Put? I hope you and your family are fine. I want to thank you for the

cooking book you’ve sent. It is really a useful book. You know, my favorite recipes arethere. I love it.

Thanks again. Have a great time!

Love,

Diah


1. Do you often hear spoken notices?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

2. Where do you usually hear spoken notices?Jawaban: At school, at mall, at the bus stop.

3. What spoken notices do you hear lately?Contoh jawaban: They are “Don’t make noise!” and “Queue in line.”

The text above is a letter. It is a written message sent to somebody. There are threemain parts in a letter. They are opening, content and closing. Don’t forget to write theplace, date, month and year on the top right corner of your letter. It is also necessary togive your complimentary closing such as love, best wishes, regards, sincerely,trustworthy, yours, etc. and add your name under the complimentary closing.


Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:1. Staff only.2. For sale.3. Examination in progress.4. Don’t smoke.5. Don’t disturb.

A. Listen to your teacher.Match what you have heard with the suitable sentences.

Notice yang dibacakan oleh guru:1. Obey the school rules.2. Don’t skip school.3. Don’t litter.4. Look out! Wet paint!5. Don’t cheat.

Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:

Don’t litter.Don’t cheat.

Don’t skip school.

Obey the

school rules.

Look out!

Wet paint!

B. Listen to your teacher.Write down the sentences you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Be quiet.2. Study hard.3. Keep off the grass.4. Keep your environment clean.5. Wear a helmet when you ride a motor cycle.

C. Listen to your teacher.Where do you probably hear the spoken notices you have heard?

Jawaban:1. In the office.2. In a supermarket or a shop.3. At school.4. In a public place, like an airport.5. At school.

3

4

2

5

1


A. Create spoken notices based on the situations.Tell them in front of the class.

1. Your friend is at your house. He/she reads several books from the shelf. After reading it, he/she doesn’t put the books back on the shelf. He/she messes your room.

2. You do your homework. Your little brother disturbs you.3. The street is so crowded. There is a sign that forbids people to cross. One of your friends

doesn’t care about the sign. He/she wants to cross the crowded street.4. You’re having a study hour in a factory. Someone tells you not to enter a certain room. Some

of your friends don’t know about that.5. You see some students litter. Your teacher asks you to tell them not to do that.

Contoh jawaban:1. Put the books back on the shelf, please.2. Please, don’t disturb. I want to study.3. It’s crowded. Don’t cross!4. Don’t enter! It’s a restricted area.5. Don’t litter, please.

B. Read the spoken notices with proper pronunciation.Tell your friends what they are about.

1. Don’t give a lift to a stranger.2. Wear a helmet for your safety.3. It’s a dangerous area. Please, stay away.4. Don’t feed the animals, please.5. Turn off your phone cell when you fill in the gas, please.

Jawaban:1. The notice asks us not to give a lift to a stranger.2. The notice asks us to wear a helmet for our safety.3. The notice asks us to stay away from the dangerous area.4. The notice asks us not to feed the animals.5. The notice asks us to turn off our phone cell when we fill in the gas.


B. Answer the questions based on the letter in Task A.

1. Who is the sender of the letter?Jawaban: Lani is.

2. Who receives the letter?Jawaban: Tari does.

3. What is the letter about?Jawaban: About Lani who misses Tari and wants to know how her life is.

4. What is the relationship between Tari and Lani?Jawaban: They’re best friends.

5. What does Lani feel about Tari?Jawaban: She misses her.

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

A. Read the letter with proper pronunciation and intonation.

Dear Tari,

How are you doing? I hope you’re just fine as I am here. Tari, I really miss you. I want toknow how your life is. Is it the same as before?

Tari, I think that’s all for now. I’m looking forward to your reply.

Best wishes,

Lani

Dear Lani,

I’m really fine here. It’s like what you wish for. I have a new best friend here. Her name isSita. At first, I was really surprised to know that she looks like you. Now, I feel really happy. Sitais not only similar to you physically. She behaves like you.

Lani, about my life, it’s a little bit different at first. I feel that I’m alone. I know no one toshare with. But, then I know that people here are as kind as people there.

My school is only 20 meters far from my house. I usually go there on foot. It takes aboutfive to ten minutes.

Lani, I think that’s enough for now. I wish we still keep in touch.

Best regard,

Tari


Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan isisurat yang menyebutkan bahwa Tarimempunyai teman baru yang mirip denganLani yang bernama Sita.

4. How are Tari’s neighbors?A. Unkind.B. Arrogant.C. Cruel.D. Kind.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . . people hereare as kind as people there.”.

5. How far is Tari’s house from school?A. 20 m.B. Less than 20 m.C. More than 20 m.D. 15 m.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat ”My school is only20 meters far from my house.”.

1. What is the letter about?A. Lani’s school.B. Sita’s friend.C. Tari’s life in a new place.D. Lani’s friend.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban (C) benar karena sesuaidengan isi surat yang menceritakankehidupan Tari di tempat yang baru.

2. How is Tari when she writes the letter?A. She’s fine.B. She’s lonely.C. She’s surprised.D. She’s sad.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengankalimat ”I’m really fine here . . . .”.

3. Who is Sita?A. Tari’s sister.B. Tari’s new friend.C. Lani’s new friend.D. Lani’s sister.

Write a letter to your friend.Tell about your daily activities.

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Jennifer,

How are you doing? I’m fine here. In your previous letter, you ask about my daily activitieshere, right? Well, I’ll let you know about that.

I usually get up at 5 a.m. Maybe it’s too early for you. I wake up at that time to do themorning prayer. It takes about ten minutes. After that, I wash myself at about 5:15 a.m.I know that it’s common in your country to wash body using a shower. But, in my country,people often wash themselves by pouring water from a water container which sizes as big asa small bathtub using a dipper. When I wash myself, my mother prepares our breakfast.At about 5:45 a.m., after I have dressed, I have breakfast with my family. I go to school at6:10 a.m. In my place, schools start at 6:30 a.m. Do you think it’s too early? What about yours?

Jennifer, I think that’s all for now. Reply soon. I’m waiting for your letter.

Sincerely yours,

Utami


Go around your neigborhood. Ask your neighbors about their professions. Get as manydata as possible. Write the result of your interview on a piece of paper. Tell your friendsabout it.


after school : sepulang sekolahbreak : istirahatbroke : bangkrutcome along : turut sertacrowd : penuh, berjubel, orang

banyakdaily routine : kegiatan sehari-haridisturb : mengganggudrawing book : buku gambardress up : berbenah diri

fare : ongkosfavor : bantuanfeed : memberi makangive a lift : memberikan tumpanganhelp yourself : silahkan ambil sendirikeep off : menjauhlitter : membuang sampahmess : berantakanobey : mematuhipolitely : secara sopanprayers : sembahyang/doapublic library : perpustakaan umumrecipes : resep masakanskip school : membolos sekolah



Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5.

Yuni : Excuse me, may I ask about thespelling bee contest?

Mr. Tanto : Why not? What do you want toknow?

Yuni : The place and the time of thecontest.

Mr. Tanto : Well, it will be held in our school’shall. As I know, it will be inFebruary.

Yuni : What about the date?Mr. Tanto : Sorry, I don’t know exactly about

that. Maybe 15th or so.Yuni : Thank you very much, Sir.Mr. Tanto : You’re welcome.

1. What is the dialog about?A. Yuni’s school.B. A spelling bee contest.C. Yuni’s teacher.D. Mr. Tanto’s student.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan isi percakapan yangmenyebutkan bahwa Yuni bertanyakepada gurunya, Pak Tanto, tentangtempat dan waktu perlombaan mengejayang bernama spelling bee.

2. What is the relationship between thespeakers?A. Student and teacher.B. Two friends.C. Father and his daughter.D. Sister and brother.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan darikalimat yang diucapkan Pak Tanto, yaitu”Well, it will be held in our school’s hall.”.Jadi, hubungan yang tepat antara keduaorang tersebut adalah siswa dan guru(Student and teacher). Selain itu, Yunimemanggil Pak Tanto dengan sebutan’Sir’ yang artinya ’Pak’.

3. “Excuse me, may I ask . . . .?”What does the word ‘I’ refers to?A. Mr. Tanto.B. Mr. Tanto’s friend.C. Yuni.D. Yuni’s friend.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenakalimat tersebut diucapkan oleh Yuni.

4. Where will the contest be held?A. In the town hall.B. In the town park.C. In the mall.D. At Yuni’s school.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan darikalimat ”Well, it will be held in our school’shall.”.

5. When will the contest be held?A. In February.B. In March.C. In April.D. In May.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan darikalimat ”As I know, it will be in February.”.


My Father

My father is a teacher. He teaches math inSMP Merdeka 1. He goes to school bymotorcycle at about six o’clock in the morning.He starts working at seven o’clock. He alwayswears a helmet whenever he rides hismotorcycle. He usually arrives home at halfpast one in the afternoon. It takes half an hourfrom home to SMP Merdeka 1.

6. Where does the writer’s father work?A. In an office.B. In a zoo.C. In SMP Merdeka 1.D. In a bank.


Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengankalimat ”He teaches math in SMP Merdeka1.”.

7. The writer’s father starts working at________.A. 1:30 p.m.B. 2:30 p.m.C. 6 a.m.D. 7 a.m.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengankalimat ”He starts working at seveno’clock.”.

8. How does the writer’s father go to school?A. On foot.B. By bus.C. By bicycle.D. By motorcycle.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengankalimat ”He goes to school by motorcycleat about six o’clock.”.

9. “He usually arrives home . . . .”What is the synonym of the underlinedwords?A. Road.B. School.C. Hotel.D. House.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut tepat karenamemiliki arti yang sama. House dan homeartinya rumah.

10. “He teaches math in SMP Merdeka 1.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. The writer’s teacher.B. The writer’s mother.C. The writer’s father.D. The writer.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan darikalimat sebelumnya, yaitu, ”My father isa teacher.”.

11. My brother usually helps me do ________homework.A. myB. hisC. herD. ourJawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective dariobjek kalimat berupa orang pertamatunggal, yaitu ’me’.

12. Why don’t you use ________ own eraser?It’s in your pencil case.A. herB. yourC. theirD. myJawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat berupa orang keduatunggal, yaitu ’you’.

13. I usually have ________ breakfast at6:15 a.m.A. hisB. herC. myD. ourJawaban: CPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat berupa orang pertamatunggal, yaitu ’I’.

14. Tina doesn’t bring ________ pen. Sheborrows one of my pens.A. myB. theirC. hisD. herJawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat berupa orang ketigatunggal perempuan, yaitu ’Tina’.


15. It’s cold outside. So, Bambang wears________ thick jacket.A. myB. hisC. herD. ourJawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga tunggallaki-laki, yaitu ’Bambang’.

16. Rina and Rani ride ________ bicycles.They bought them two days ago.A. theirB. hisC. ourD. yourJawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga jamak,yaitu Rina and Rani.

17. My friends and I always keep ________class clean.A. our B. theirC. his D. herJawaban: APilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat ’My friends and I’.

18. My cat likes to lick ________ fur.A. yourB. herC. hisD. itsJawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamerupakan possessive adjective darisubjek kalimat, yaitu ’My cat’ yang bukanmerupakan orang.

19. I make my bed every day. I ________ keepit neat.A. rarelyB. oftenC. alwaysD. seldom

Jawaban: CAdverb of times yang sesuai untuk mengisikalimat tersebut adalah always karena dikalimat tersebut menyebutkan keteranganwaktu every day (tiap hari).

20. Ratno doesn’t like hamburger. He________ enjoys eating it.A. alwaysB. neverC. oftenD. usuallyJawaban: BAdverb of times yang sesuai untuk mengisikalimat tersebut adalah never karena dikalimat pertama menyebutkan bahwaRatno tidak menyukai hamburger. Jikaseseorang tidak menyukai sesuatu hal, diatidak akan pernah merasa menikmati haltersebut.

B. Read the text and answer thequestions.

My name is Deddy Iswardi Suryaningrat.I study in SMP Negeri 1 Mandiraja. It is inBanjarnegara. I go to school by bus. It takesabout 15 minutes by bus. I go to school atabout a quarter past six after saying goodbye tomy parents. Before going to school, I alwayshave my breakfast. It gives me energy.

Questions:

1. What does Deddy Iswardi Suryaningrat do?Jawaban: He is a student of SMP Negeri

1 Mandiraja.

2. How does Deddy go to school?Jawaban: By bus.

3. “It takes about 15 minutes by bus.”What does the underlined word refer to?Jawaban: Going to school.

4. What time does Deddy arrive at school?Jawaban: Half past six.

5. What does Deddy usually do before goingto school?Jawaban: Having breakfast and saying

goodbye to his parents.


Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 4. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.

Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

C. Write your daily activities after schooluntil you go to bed.

Contoh jawaban:After school, I usually arrive home at one

o’clock in the afternoon. Then, I have lunchand take a nap for around two hours. I wake upat three o’clock. After that, I take a shower forabout ten minutes. After that, I dress up.It takes about fifteen minutes.

At about half past three, I watch TV andspend my time with my family until six o’clock inthe evening. After that, I have dinner with myfamily until a quarter to seven. Then, I studyfrom seven o’clock to nine o’clock. Finally, I goto bed at about nine o’clock or so.


Use the hand dryer.

A. 4–3–1–7–8–2–5–6B. 4–3–7–8–2–1–5–6C. 4–8–3–1–2–7–5–6D. 4–8–3–1–7–2–5–6

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

7.

What does the woman mean?A. We don’t have to dry our hands.B. We can’t use our hand to dry something.C. We should use the dryer to dry our

hands.D. We should use our hand to dry

something.

8. Mr. Yanto : Who are the people over there?Miss Dini : They are fire fighters. They

extinguish fire in Mrs. Darto’shouse.

The underlined word is similar to________.A. put out B. put offC. put on D. put in



For questions 1 to 4, choose the correctwords to complete the text.

Elephants are the largest mammals inthe world. When they (1) ________ up, thehair becomes sparser. Although they(2) ________ huge bodies and great power,their movements are smooth and gentle.The baby elephant is usually about onemeter high and weighs about one hundredkilograms.

A female elephant (3) ________ herunborn young for about 20 to 22 months.Newly born elephants usually (4) ________thick hair all over their bodies. Adultelephants have almost no hair.

Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

1. A. grows B. is growingC. grow D. grown

2. A. has B. haveC. is having D. had

3. A. carry B. carriedC. is carrying D. carries

4. A. have B. hasC. is having D. had

5. a better–keep–life–always–clean–for– 1 2 3 4 5 6

our–environment 7 8

A. 2–4–5–6–1–3–7–8B. 4–2–5–7–8–6–1–3C. 2–5–7–8–4–6–1–3D. 4–5–7–8–6–2–1–3

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

6. little–up–your–please–at–school–1 2 3 4 5 6

brother–pick 7 8

Dear Aunt Tia,

Aunty, I have some news for you. Nextmonth, I will join an English writingcontest. My parents send me to a famousEnglish course in my town for preparation.Aunty, would you pray for my success?I hope you would do it for me.

Well, that’s all for now. Lookingforward to having your news.

Love,

Debby

Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2007/2008


9. What is the purpose of the text?A. To join a competition.B. To inform some news.C. To prepare for joining a competition.D. To send someone to a famous English

course.

10. “Aunty, I have some news for you.”What does the word ‘I’ refer to?A. Aunt Tia. B. Debby.C. Debby’s aunt. D. Tia.

11. “Aunty, would you pray for my success?”The antonym of the underlined word is________.A. triumphB. acomplishmentC. achievementD. failure

12. Joko is a gas pump attendant. He works ina/an ________.A. gas stationB. airportC. railway stationD. bus station

13. Mr. Jupri is a tailor. He is ________.A. a dress makerB. a fishmongerC. a match makerD. a trouble maker

14. Miss Nadia is a teacher. She works at________.

A.

B.

C.

D.

15.

What does the girl mean?A. We are not allowed to get out of the

place.B. We are not allowed to get in the place.C. We are not allowed to walk near the

place.D. We are not allowed to put something

in the place.

For questions 16 to 20, choose the correctwords to complete the text.

My Mother

My mother is a (16) ________. She wearsa white uniform. She works in a maternity(17) ________. She (18) ________ at about sixhours a day. She sometimes (19) ________ towork at night, but sometimes she goes to workin the morning. In a week, she only(20) ________ a day off.

16. A. teacher B. taylorC. farmer D. nurse

17. A. bank B. rice fieldC. school D. hospital

No entry.


18. A. workedB. worksC. has workedD. is working

19. A. is goingB. wentC. goesD. has gone

20. A. hasB. have hadC. is havingD. had

21. Lista : Wati, ________ do you live?Wati : I live at Jalan Seruni number 23.A. whoB. whenC. whatD. where

22. Sulis : ________ do you go to school?Tia : On foot.A. WhereB. WhenC. HowD. What

23. Ardi : ________, Sir. May I go tothe toilet for a while?

Mr. Budiono : O.K.A. Excuse meB. YesC. I want to go outD. You may go out

24. Hadi : Do you have some coins?Siska : ________. Do you need some?Hadi : May I?Siska : Why not?A. No, you can’t.B. Yes, I do.C. Absolutely not.D. I don’t think so.

25. Rama : Do you usually take a nap in theafternoon?

Lala : Yes. I usually do it at half past two.Lala usually takes a nap at ________.

A.

B.

C.

D.

26. Mela : When will we go to the bookstore?Susi : After school at a quarter past one.

A.

B.


C.

D.

27. Tara : Look! ________ T-shirt is so dirty.You need to wash it.

Rita : You’re right. I don’t realize that.A. MyB. YourC. HerD. Our

28. Renaldi : Nice dress!Tiara : Thanks. This dress is from

________ sister.A. I B. mineC. me D. my

29. Kaka : ________ parents will have theirwedding anniversary tomorrow.

Kiki : Let’s give them something special.A. we B. ourC. them D. they

30. Sari has a doll. She really loves ________doll.A. her B. hisC. my D. our

B. Complete the sentences with theproper words in brackets.

1. I ________ (not, want) to go to the malltoday because it is raining.

2. I can’t buy that novel. It ________ (cost)too much.

3. Miss Linda ________ (often, tutor) otherstudents in her English class.

4. I ________ (not, have) an umbrella. I weara raincoat.

5. Nayla ________ (wash) her hair every twodays.

6. Every morning, the sun shines in mybedroom window and ________ (wake)me up.

7. Burhan is a student, but he ________ (not,go) to school now because it is holiday.

8. Yuli and Ani to ________ (usually, sit) inthe front row during class.

9. ________ (Do) you always ________(have) breakfast before you go to school?

10. I ________ for two hours every night.

C. Write at least five sentences aboutyour father’s or mother’s profession.



A. Pilihan Ganda

1. C. Kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraftersebut menggunakan the simplepresent tense. Karena subjek berupaorang ketiga jamak, kata kerja yangbenar untuk melengkapi kalimat soaladalah ’grow’.

2. B. Subjek kalimat soal berupa orangketiga jamak, maka kata kerja yangbenar untuk melengkapi kalimat ituadalah ’have’.

3. D. Subjek kalimat berupa kata bendatunggal, maka kata kerja yang benaruntuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah’carries’.

4. A. Subjek kalimat berupa kata bendajamak, maka kata kerja yang benaruntuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah’have’.

5. B. Susunan kata-kata tersebut supayasesuai dengan konteks dan bermaknaadalah ”Always keep clean ourenvironment for a better life.”.

6. D. Susunan kata-kata tersebut supayasesuai dengan konteks dan bermaknaadalah ”Please pick your little brotherup at school.”.

7. C. Pilihan jawaban yang artinyasebaiknya menggunakan pengeringuntuk mengeringkan tangan kitabenar karena memiliki arti yang samadengan kalimat yang diucapkan olehperempuan dalam gambar.

8. A. Kata ’extinguish’ dan ’put out’ memilikiarti yang sama, yaitu memadamkan.

9. B. Tujuan penulisan teks tersebut adalahuntuk menginformasikan berita,antara lain Deby yang akan mengikutilomba menulis bahasa Inggris danikut kursus bahasa Inggris.

10. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar yangdisimpulkan dari nama penulis surat,yaitu Debby.

11. D. Lawan dari kata ’success’ yangartinya ’keberhasilan’ adalah failureyang artinya kegagalan.

12. A. Joko adalah seorang petugas pengisibahan bakar, maka dia bekerja diSPBU (gas station).

13. A. Tailor artinya penjahit. Pilihanjawaban (A) benar karena seorangpenjahit adalah seorang pembuatbaju.

14. C. Bu Nadia adalah seorang guru.Gambar pada pilihan jawaban (C)benar karena menunjukkan gambarsekolah.

15. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benarkarena sesuai dengan arti ’no entry’,yaitu dilarang masuk.

16. D. Pada kalimat kedua terdapat kata’maternity’ yang berkaitan dengan ibumelahirkan dan seragam yangberwarna putih. Pilihan jawaban (D)benar karena ’nurse’ yang artinyaperawat berhubungan dengan ibumelahirkan dan memakai seragamputih.

17. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkandari kalimat sebelumnya. Seorangperawat tentu saja bekerja di rumahsakit (hospital).

18. B. Pilihan jawaban yang artinya bekerjatersebut benar karena kalimattersebut menggunakan bentuk thesimple present tense dengan subjektunggal perempuan.

19. C. Pilihan jawaban yang artinyaberangkat tersebut benar karenakalimat tersebut menggunakan bentukthe simple present tense dengansubjek tunggal perempuan.


20. A. Pilihan jawaban yang artinyamempunyai tersebut benar karenakalimat tersebut menggunakan bentukthe simple present tense dengansubjek tunggal perempuan.

21. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai konteks dan merupakanWh-questions yang digunakan untukmenanyakan tempat.

22. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai konteks dan merupakanWh-questions yang digunakan untukmenanyakan cara.

23. A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai konteks dan merupakanungkapan kesopanan, yang artinya”Permisi, Pak.”.

24. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai konteks yang disimpulkan darikalimat sesudahnya yang bermaksudmenawarkan uang kepada Hadi.

25. A. Half past two artinya pukul 2 lebih 30menit.

26. C. A quarter past one artinya pukul1 lebih 15 menit.

27. B. Karena membicarakan kepemilikanorang kedua tunggal (lawanpembicara/you), possessive adjectiveyang benar adalah your.

28. D. Karena membicarakan kepemilikanorang pertama tunggal (pembicara/I),possessive adjective yang benaradalah my.

29. B. Karena membicarakan kepemilikanorang pertama jamak, makadigunakan kata ’our’.

30. A. Karena membicarakan kepemilikanorang kedua perempuan tunggal,maka digunakan kata ’her’.

B. Isian

1. don’t want2. costs3. often tutors4. don’t have5. washes6. wakes7. doesn’t go8. usually sit9. Do, have

10. study

C. Uraian

My father is a manager. He gets up at4:30 a.m. in the morning. After that, he takesa shower. He has breakfast at 7 o’clock.He usually goes to work at 7:30 a.m. He drivehis car. He usually arrives at the office at7:45 a.m. He begins his work at 8 a.m.


Dear Diana,

On this special occasion, I would like to say:HAPPY 13th BIRTHDAY TO YOUWish you the best and may your wishescome true

Your beloved friend,Lina

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1.

What does the notice mean?A. Do not be noisy in the park.B. Do not play in the park.C. Do not throw rubbish in the park.D. Do not run in the park.

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CKalimat ”Keep the Park Clean” mempunyaiarti ”Jagalah kebersihan taman ini.”. Ituberarti kita dilarang membuang sampah ditaman (do not throw rubbish in the park).Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya jangan berisikdi taman, (B) artinya jangan bermaindi taman, dan (D) artinya jangan berlariandi taman.

2. Read this notice.

All people, except the staff, are not allowedto ________ the room.A. cleanB. enterC. exitD. sleepJawaban: BNotice tersebut berarti bahwa hanya parakaryawan atau pegawai yang bolehmasuk. Dengan kata lain, semua orang,kecuali para pegawai, dilarang masuk (arenot allowed to enter). Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya membersihkan, (C) artinya keluar,dan (D) artinya tidur.

3. Where can you find the following notice?

A. On the street.B. At the airport.C. In a hospital.D. In a housing complex.

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: DNotice tersebut berarti bahwa hanya parapenghuni yang boleh lewat jalan itu. Noticetersebut dapat kita jumpai di kompleksperumahan (in a housing complex). Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya di jalan, (B) artinya dibandara, dan (C) artinya di rumah sakit.


Keep the Park Clean

Personnel only

ACCESS FORRESIDENTS ONLY

4. What does the text tell you about?A. Lina expresses her gratitude to Diana.B. Lina expresses her apology to Diana.C. Lina congratulates Diana for her 13th

birthday.D. Lina compliments Diana.Jawaban: CKartu ucapan yang ditulis oleh Linatersebut berisi ucapan selamat ulangtahun yang ke-13 untuk Diana (Linacongratulates Diana for her 13th birthday).Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Linamengungkapkan terima kasihnya kepadaDiana, (B) artinya Lina mengungkapkanpermintaan maaf kepada Diana, dan(D) artinya Lina memuji Diana.

216 Latihan Ulangan Semester

To Linda, my ever best friend,

It’s an honor that you have invited meto your family’s special moment. Thank youvery much. Gladly, I will come.

Please send my warmest regards to allof your family.

Sincerely,Tanti

5. Diana was born in ________.A. 1996 B. 1997C. 1998 D. 1999Jawaban: ADalam kartu ucapan tersebut terdapatkalimat ”Happy 13th Birthday to You”. Ituberarti Diana berulang tahun yang ke-13.Dengan demikian, Diana lahir pada tahun1996 (2009 – 13 = 1996). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan tahun Dianalahir.


Jawaban: DKata ’regret’ artinya ’menyesal’. Katatersebut mempunyai makna yang samadengan kata ’be sorry’ yang artinya jugamenyesal. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyakhawatir, (B) artinya ketakutan, dan(C) artinya bingung.


6. What is the purpose of the text?A. To invite someone.B. To express gratitude.C. To ask for an apology.D. To ask for information.Jawaban: CTujuan teks tersebut disimpulkan darikalimat awal teks, yaitu ”I regret for whatI have done to you.” yang artinya ”Akumenyesal atas apa yang telah aku lakukankepadamu.”, dan kalimat akhir, yaitu”I hope you forgive me . . . .” yang artinya”Aku berharap kamu memaafkanku . . . .”.Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah untukmeminta maaf (to ask for an apology).Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya untukmengundang seseorang, (B) artinya untukmengungkapkan rasa terima kasih, dan(D) artinya untuk meminta informasi.

7. “I regret for what I have done to you.”The underlined word has a similar meaningto ________.A. worry B. be frightenedC. confuse D. be sorry

To: Siska

I regret for what I havedone to you. Believe me,I didn’t do it on purpose.I hope you forgive me andwe can be friends again.

Your friend,Nindi 8. What is the text about?

A. Tanti expresses her gratitude to Linda.B. Tanti apologizes for a mistake.C. Tanti asks Linda’s permission to do

something.D. Tanti offers help to someone.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Thankyou very much.” yang artinya ”Terima kasihbanyak.”. Jadi, isi teks tersebut adalahTanti mengucapkan terima kasih kepadaLinda (Tanti expresses her gratitudeto Linda) karena telah diundang ke acaraspesial keluarga Linda (kalimat ”It’s anhonor that you have invited me to yourfamily’s special moment.”). Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya Tanti meminta maaf ataskesalahannya, (C) artinya Tanti memintaizin untuk melakukan sesuatu, dan(D) artinya Tanti menawarkan bantuankepada seseorang.

9. Who sends the card?A. Linda does.B. Tanti does.C. Linda’s parents do.D. Tanti’s parents do.


Dear Sandra,

How are you now? I hope you are justfine.

Anyway, next week is a long holiday.Do you have a plan to spend the days?If you don’t, I like to invite you to visit me.I will take you around some interestingplaces here. I am sure you will love it. Whatdo you think?

That’s what I want to tell you. Replyme soon, O.K.?

Your friend,Mia

To: Vira

I put your mathematicsbook on your desk. Thankyou very much. Sorry,I couldn’t give it directlyto you. I have to go homeearlier.

Leoni

Jawaban: BDalam surat, pesan, atau kartu, pengirim(sender) umumnya mencantumkannamanya di bagian akhir surat, pesan,atau kartu. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwayang mengirim pesan tersebut adalahTanti. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

10. “Please send my warmest regards to all ofyour family.”The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is ________.A. best B. rudestC. greatest D. coolestJawaban: BKata ’warmest’ artinya ’paling hangat’.Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan katarudest yang artinya paling kasar. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya paling baik, (C) artinyapaling besar/hebat, dan (D) artinya palingkeren.


tersebut tentang mengundang seseorang(invite someone). Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya meminta informasi, (B) artinyamemberi selamat kepada seseorang, dan(D) artinya memperkenalkan seseorang.

12. ________ is a long holiday.A. The following dayB. Next weekC. Next monthD. This yearJawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari keteranganwaktu ’next week’ dalam kalimat ”Anyway,next week is a long holiday.” yang artinya”Omong-omong, minggu depan adalahlibur panjang.”. Pilihan jawaban yangsesuai dengan keterangan waktu ituadalah (B) Next week yang artinya minggudepan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya lusa,(C) artinya bulan depan, dan (D) artinyatahun ini.

13. “I will take you around some interestingplaces here.”The underlined word means ________.A. attractiveB. cleanC. boringD. dullJawaban: AKata ’interesting’ artinya ’menarik’. Kata inijuga berarti attractive yang artinya jugamenarik. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinyabersih, (C) artinya membosankan, dan(D) artinya tidak menarik.

Read the text and answer questions 14 and15.

11. What is the text about?A. To ask for information.B. To congratulate someone.C. To invite someone.D. To introduce someone.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”. . . ,I like to invite you to visit me.” yang artinya”. . . , saya ingin mengundangmu untukberkunjung ke tempat saya.”. Jadi, isi teks


14. From the text, we can conclude that________.A. Vira borrows Leoni’s bookB. Vira goes home earlierC. Leoni lends her mathematics bookD. Vira is not in the classroomJawaban: DPernyataan yang dapat disimpulkan dari isiteks tersebut adalah Vira tidak di kelas(Vira is not in the classroom). Leoni tidakmenemukan Vira di kelas sehingga diamenulis pesan. Pilihan jawaban (A) yangartinya Vira meminjam buku Leoni salahkarena Leonilah yang meminjam bukuVira, (B) yang artinya Vira pulang lebihawal salah karena yang pulang lebih awaladalah Leoni, dan (C) yang artinya Leonimeminjamkan buku matematikanya salahkarena yang meminjamkan bukumatematika adalah Vira.

15. “Sorry, I can’t give it directly to you.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. A book.B. A note.C. Leoni’s house.D. A mathematics book.Jawaban: DObjek pronoun ’it’ mengacu pada bendayang akan diberikan Leoni kepada Vira,yang disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks,yaitu ”I put your mathematics book on yourdesk.” yang artinya ”Aku meletakkan bukumatematikamu di atas mejamu.”. Jadi, ’it’mengacu pada buku matematika. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya buku (terlalu umum),sedangkan (B) yang artinya pesan dan(C) yang artinya rumah Leoni salah karenatidak disebutkan dalam pesan itu.

16. Look at the picture.

What does the teacher probably say?A. Stand up, please.B. Sit down, please.

C. Step forward, please.D. Clean the blackboard, please.Jawaban: ABerdasarkan gerakan tangan guru, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa guru itu menyuruhsiswa untuk berdiri. Jadi, ungkapan yangbenar adalah Stand up, please. Pilihanjawaban (B) artinya silakan duduk,(C) artinya silakan maju, dan (D) artinyatolong, bersihkan papan tulis.

17. Mother : Where are you going, dear?Vina : I’m going to see a film, Mom.Mother : ________ Mom and Dad will go

to the supermarket. You shouldtake care of your little sister.

A. Please go now.B. Take care.C. Don’t go anywhere.D. You may go now.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatsesudahnya yang artinya ”Ibu dan ayahakan pergi ke supermarket. Kamu harusmenjaga adik perempuanmu.”. Dengankata lain, ibu tidak mengizinkan Vina untukpergi menonton film. Ungkapan yang tepatdiucapkan ibu adalah ”Don’t go anywhere.”yang artinya ”Jangan pergi kemana-mana.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyapergilah sekarang, (B) artinya berhati-hatilah, dan (D) artinya kamu boleh pergisekarang.

18. Donna : Sari, thank you very much for thegift. It’s beautiful.

Sari : ________A. Excuse me.B. You are welcome.C. Please forgive me.D. I’m positiveJawaban: BKalimat yang diucapkan Donna artinya”Sari, terima kasih banyak atas hadiahnya.Itu sangat indah.”. Kalimat yang tepatuntuk merespons ungkapan terima kasihadalah You are welcome yang artinyasama-sama. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyapermisi, (C) artinya tolong, maafkan saya,dan (D) artinya saya yakin.


19. Ranti : I’m sorry, I broke your ruler.Angga : ________A. Thank you.B. Never mind.C. Please excuse me.D. That’s great!Jawaban: BKalimat yang diucapkan Ranti artinya ”Akuminta maaf, aku mematahkan penggaris-mu.”. Kalimat yang tepat untuk meresponsungkapan permintaan maaf adalah Nevermind yang artinya tidak apa-apa. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya terima kasih,(C) artinya permisi, dan (D) artinya bagus.

20. Mother : It’s time for you to go to bed, dear.Sari : You’re right, Mom. I’ll go to sleep

now.Mother : ________ Have a nice dream.A. Goodbye.B. Take care.C. Good night.D. See you.Jawaban: CKonteks percakapan tersebut adalah padamalam hari. Ibu menyuruh Sari untuksegera tidur. Salam perpisahan yang tepatdiucapkan ibu ketika Sari hendak pergitidur adalah Good night. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya selamat tinggal (diucapkanketika berpisah dengan seseorang setelahmereka bertemu), (B) artinya berhati-hatilah (diucapkan kepada seseorang yanghendak pergi untuk menunjukkan rasasimpati), dan (D) artinya sampai jumpa(diucapkan ketika hendak berpisah denganseseorang dan ada harapan/kemungkinanuntuk bertemu kembali).

Read the dialog and answer questions 21 to23.

It is the first day at junior high school. Seno andRyan are new students. They meet at theschool yard before the class begins.Seno : Hello, I am Seno. What is your name?Ryan : Hello, I am Ryan. Nice to meet you,

Seno.Seno : Nice to meet you too. Are you in the

seventh grade?Ryan : I am. I’m in Class VIIA.Seno : Me, too. We are classmates, then.

21. What is the dialog about?A. Greeting someone.B. Asking for information.C. Introducing someone to another.D. Introducing oneself to another.Jawaban: DSecara garis besar, percakapan tersebuttentang perkenalan diri sendiri kepadaorang lain (introducing oneself to another),yaitu Seno memperkenalkan dirinyakepada Ryan, begitu pula sebaliknya.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyapaseseorang, (B) artinya meminta informasi,dan (C) artinya memperkenalkanseseorang kepada orang lain.

22. Seno meets Ryan ________.A. in the classroomB. in the school hallC. at the school yardD. in the libraryJawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Theymeet at the school yard . . . .”. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya ruang kelas,(B) artinya aula sekolah, dan (D) artinyaperpustakaan.

23. The dialog happens ________.A. in the morningB. in the afternoonC. in the eveningD. at midnightJawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari klausaketerangan waktu, yaitu ”. . . before theclass begins.” yang artinya “ . . . sebelumkelas/pelajaran dimulai.”. Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa percakapan itu terjadipada pagi hari (in the morning). Pilihanjawaban (B) artinya pada siang/sore hari,(C) artinya pada petang hari, dan(D) artinya pada tengah malam.

24. Teacher : Look! The blackboard is dirty.________

Student : Yes, Ma’am.A. Thank you very much.B. I’m really sorry to hear it.C. Clean it up, please.D. Take me some chalk, please.


Picture source: www.img_alibaba_com

Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ”The blackboard isdirty.”. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepatdiucapkan guru adalah meminta muridnyauntuk membersihkan papan tulis, yaituClean it up, please. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya terima kasih banyak (ungkapanterima kasih), (B) artinya saya ikut sedihmendengarnya (ungkapan simpati), dan(D) artinya tolong, ambilkan beberapakapur tulis.

25. Linda : I really apologize for my mistake.Mia : ________A. Thank you.B. My pleasure.C. It’s all right.D. You are welcome.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan itu, Linda memintamaaf kepada Mia. Respons yang tepatdiucapkan Mia adalah It’s all right yangartinya tidak apa-apa. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya terima kasih (ungkapan terimakasih), (B) artinya dengan senang hati(respons dari ungkapan meminta sesuatuatau meminta seseorang melakukansesuatu), dan (D) artinya sama-sama(respons dari ungkapan terima kasih).

26. Look at the picture.What does the man do?A. He is a judge.B. He is an architect.C. He is a teacher.D. He is a teller.Jawaban: AKalimat tanya ”Whatdoes/do . . . do?”digunakan untuk menanyakan pekerjaan/profesi seseorang. Berdasarkan gambar,profesi orang itu adalah seorang hakim(a judge). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya diaseorang arsitek (perancang bangunan),(C) artinya dia seorang guru, dan(D) artinya dia seorang pegawai bank.

27. You can find these following items ina classroom, except ________.A. chalk B. a pillowC. an eraser D. a blackboard

Jawaban: BKalimat soal artinya ”Benda-benda berikutdapat kita temukan di kelas, kecuali . . . . ”.Benda yang tidak ada di kelas adalahpillow yang artinya bantal. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya kapur tulis, (C) artinyapenghapus papan tulis, dan (D) artinyapapan tulis.

28. How many bikes are there in the picture?

A. Four. B. SixC. Eight. D. Ten.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan gambar, sepeda tersebutberjumlah enam (six). Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya empat, (C) artinya delapan,dan (D) artinya sepuluh.

29. Lina : What are you doing every Sundaymorning?

Seno : I ________ go jogging in the park.A. everB. seldomC. alwaysD. neverJawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari frasa keteranganwaktu ’every Sunday morning’ yang artinya’setiap Minggu pagi’. Jadi, kata keteranganfrekuensi yang tepat melengkapi kalimatSeno adalah always karena dilakukansetiap hari Minggu. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya pernah, (B) artinya jarang, dan(D) artinya tidak pernah.

30. Rika : Where is your new bike?Tiara : Over there, near the fence.

________ my new bike.A. Those areB. This isC. These areD. That isJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari jumlah benda,yaitu satu (sepeda baru Tiara) dan frasaketerangan tempat ’over there’ yang

Picture source:www.accessatlanta.com


artinya ’sebelah sana’, sehingga dapatdisimpulkan bahwa sepeda baru Tiaraterletak jauh dari mereka. Dengandemikian, kata yang tepat melengkapikalimat Tiara adalah That is. Pilihanjawaban (A) yang artinya itu digunakanapabila benda tersebut berjumlah lebihdari satu dan letaknya jauh daripembicara, (B) yang artinya ini digunakanapabila benda tersebut berjumlah satu danletaknya dekat dengan pembicara, dan(C) yang artinya ini digunakan apabilabenda tersebut berjumlah lebih dari satudan letaknya dekat dengan pembicara.

31. Linda : I found a blue pencil-case undermy desk. Do you know the owner?

Seno : ________ pencil-case is mine.Perhaps I dropped it.

A. AB. AnC. TheD. IsJawaban: CKalimat soal membutuhkan artikel (a, an,the). Karena kotak pensil yang dimaksudsudah jelas dan spesifik, yaitu kotak pensilmilik Seno, artikel yang tepat adalah the.Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) adalah artikeluntuk benda yang belum spesifik,sedangkan (D) bukan artikel melainkanverb ’be’.

32. Erika has a nice bracelet. She wears it onher right ________.A. wristB. earC. footD. handJawaban: AKalimat soal berarti ”Erika mempunyaigelang yang bagus. Dia memakainya di. . . kanan.”. Jadi, kata yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat itu adalah pergelangantangan (wrist). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinyatelinga, (C) artinya kaki, dan (D) artinyatangan beserta jari-jarinya.

33. Adi : How many brothers or sisters doyou have?

Leo : Well, I have an elder brother anda younger sister.

Adi : So, you are the ________ child inyour family.

Leo : That’s right.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourthJawaban: BBerdasarkan jawaban Leo yang artinya”Saya mempunyai seorang kakak laki-lakidan seorang adik perempuan”, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa Leo adalah anakkedua (second). Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya pertama, (C) artinya ketiga,dan (D) artinya keempat.

34. Dina : What time do you usually takea nap?

Tiara : I usually take a nap at ________.A. half past oneB. half past twoC. a quarter to twoD. a quarter past oneJawaban: ABerdasarkan gambar, jam tersebutmenunjukkan pukul 1:30 (half past one).Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya 2:30, (C)artinya 1:45, dan (D) artinya 1:15.

35. Sinta : Do you know where Tio and Ninaare?

Arman : I guess, ________ are in thelibrary.

A. we B. youC. they D. themJawaban: CSubject pronoun yang tepat melengkapikalimat soal adalah they karena meng-gantikan kata ganti orang ketiga jamak(plural), yaitu Tio and Nina. Pilihanjawaban (A) adalah kata ganti orang keduajamak, (B) adalah kata ganti orang keduatunggal/jamak, dan (D) adalah objectpronoun untuk subjek they.

36. Dion : Where ________ the students ofClass VIIA?

Nela : I’m sorry, I don’t know.A. is B. areC. was D. were


Jawaban: BKalimat soal berbentuk the simple presenttense berupa kalimat tanya dengan subjekjamak, yaitu ’the students of Class VIIA’.Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat soal adalah are. Pilihan jawaban(A) untuk subjek tunggal, sedangkan(C) dan (D) adalah be untuk kalimat dalamthe simple past tense.

37. Vera : What do you do on Sundaymorning?

Dina : I always ________ my parentscleaning the house, like sweepingthe yard and mopping the floor.

A. helpB. helpsC. is helpingD. helpedJawaban: AKalimat soal menjelaskan kebiasaan(habit), yaitu kegiatan pada hari Minggupagi. Kalimat yang menyatakan kebiasaanmenggunakan bentuk the simple presenttense dengan pola dasar: Subject + verb-s/-es + object/complement. Jadi, kata kerjayang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimattersebut dalam the simple present tenseadalah help karena subjek ’I’ merupakankata ganti orang pertama tunggal. Pilihanjawaban (B) digunakan untuk subjek he,she, it, (C) pada kalimat berbentuk thesimple present continuous (sedangberlangsung), dan (D) digunakan padakalimat berbentuk the simple past tense(telah terjadi pada masa lampau).

38. Doni : Where are my shoes?Mother : Look! They are ________ your

bed.A. onB. underC. belowD. betweenJawaban: BBerdasarkan gambar tersebut, sepasangsepatu itu terletak di bawah (under) tempattidur. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Onartinya di atau di atas, below artinyadi bawah, dan between artinya di antara(dua benda).

39. Ira : Vina, is it my workbook?Vina : No, it is not. It is mine and that is

________.A. herB. yourC. hersD. yoursJawaban: DDalam percakapan, Ira bertanya, ”Vina,apakah buku tugas ini milikku?”. Kalimatsoal memerlukan objek berbentukpossessive pronoun untuk menggantikanbenda milik lawan bicara, yaitu yours yangartinya kepunyaanmu. Pilihan jawaban(A) adalah object pronoun atau possessiveadjective dari she (orang ketiga tunggal),(B) adalah possessive adjective dari you(orang kedua tunggal/jamak), dan(C) adalah possessive pronoun darishe (orang ketiga tunggal).

40. Eka : Where does your grandmother live?Tia : She lives in Surabaya. I always visit

________ every long holiday.A. herB. themC. theirsD. hersJawaban: ADalam percakapan, Eka menanyakantempat tinggal nenek Tia. Tia menjawabkalau neneknya tinggal di Surabaya dandia selalu mengunjunginya setiap liburpanjang. Kalimat soal memerlukan objectpronoun. Karena menggantikan katanenek, object pronoun yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah her.Object pronoun tersebut merupakan kataganti orang ketiga tunggal perempuan.Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah object pronoununtuk orang ketiga jamak, (C) adalahpossessive pronoun dari ’they’, dan(D) adalah possessive pronoun dari ’she’.

41. Vika : Can you show me where theheadmaster’s office is?

Nina : ________. It’s next to the teachers’office, in front of the library.

A. Thank youB. CertainlyC. Here you areD. Sorry, I don’t know


Dear Sarah,

How are you now? I am just fine.Recently, I am busy with school stuff.

I always ________ (44) homework everyday. I have to wake up earlier everymorning so that I will not be late to school.You know, my school is quite far from myhouse and I take a bus. But I really enjoy it.Recently, ________ (45) new things in myschool, like new friends, new teachers andnew lessons. How about yours?

That’s my letter for today. Send mybest regard to ________ (46) parents.

Best regards,Dini

Jawaban: BDalam percakapan, Vika menanyakanletak kantor kepala sekolah dan Ninamenjelaskan letak kantor itu. Nina dengansenang hati menjawab pertanyaan Vika,sehingga ungkapan yang benar diucapkanoleh Nina adalah Certainly yang artinyatentu saja. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyaterima kasih (ungkapan terima kasih),(C) artinya silahkan (ungkapan responsatas permintaan sesuatu), dan (D) artinyamaaf, saya tidak tahu (ungkapanpermintaan maaf).

42. Dino : Seno, where do you live?Seno : I live at Jalan Kemuning number 25.Dino : It’s quite far from school. Then,

how do you go to school?Seno : I usually go to school by bus.What is the text about?A. Requesting something.B. Asking for and giving information.C. Answering someone’s question.D. Asking for and giving something.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan itu, Dino bertanyabeberapa hal kepada Seno, yaitumengenai tempat tinggalnya dan cara diaberangkat ke sekolah. Jadi, percakapan itutentang meminta dan memberi informasi(asking for and giving information). Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya meminta sesuatu,(C) artinya menjawab pertanyaanseseorang (terlalu sempit), dan(D) artinya meminta dan memberi sesuatu.

43. Marni : Could you pass the paper, please?Keiko : Sure. Here you are.What does the underlined sentence mean?A. Marni thanks Keiko for helping her.B. Keiko asks Marni to do something.C. Marni asks Keiko not to do something.D. Marni asks Keiko to do something.Jawaban: DKalimat yang digarisbawahi berarti”Bisakah kamu mengambilkan kertas itu?”.Kalimat tersebut diucapkan Marni denganmaksud meminta Keiko untuk melakukansesuatu (Marni asks Keiko to dosomething). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyaMarni berterima kasih kepada Keiko atas

bantuannya, (B) artinya Keiko memintaMarni melakukan sesuatu, dan (C) artinyaMarni meminta Keiko untuk tidakmelakukan sesuatu.

For questions 44 to 46, choose the suitablewords to complete the text below.

44. A. haveB. hasC. doesD. isJawaban: AKalimat ”I always . . . homework everyday.” yang artinya ”Saya selalu . . .pekerjaan rumah setiap hari.” memerlukankata kerja present karena kalimat tersebutmenerangkan fakta (berpola the simplepresent tense). Kata yang benar adalahhave yang artinya mempunyai. Pilihanjawaban (B) has salah karena digunakanapabila subjek kalimat he, she, it, atausubjek ketiga tunggal. Pilihan jawaban(C) dan (D) salah karena bukan kata kerja,melainkan kata kerja bantu (verb ’be’).

45. A. there areB. there isn’tC. there isD. there aren’tJawaban: AKalimat ”. . . always new things in myschool, like new friends, new teachers andnew lessons.” memerlukan demonstrative


pronoun. Karena obyek kalimat menyebut-kan lebih dari satu hal (frasa ’new things’yang artinya ’hal-hal baru’), demonstrativepronoun yang tepat melengkapi kalimattersebut adalah there are. Pilihan jawaban(B) dan (D) salah karena berbentuknegative atau penyangkalan. Pilihanjawaban (C) salah karena demonstrativepronoun tersebut digunakan apabila bendaatau hal yang disebutkan sesudahnyahanya berjumlah satu.

46. A. youB. yourC. theirD. myJawaban: BKalimat ”Send my best regard to . . .parents.” artinya ”Sampaikan salamkukepada orang tua-. . . .”. Kalimat tersebutmemerlukan possessive adjective untukmenjelaskan orang tua yang dimaksud.Karena surat ini dikirimkan kepada Dinidan disebut oleh penulis dengan ’you’,possessive adjective yang tepat adalahyour yang artinya -mu. Pilihan jawaban(A) salah karena bukan possessivepronouns, sedangkan pilihan jawaban(C) artinya (orang tua) mereka, dan(D) artinya -ku.

For questions 47 and 48, choose the bestarrangement of the words to make correctsentences.

47. leave – front – open – door – never– the1 2 3 4 5 6

A. 1–6–2–4–5–3B. 3–6–2–3–5–1C. 5–1–6–2–4–3D. 5–1–6–3–4–2Jawaban: CKata-kata acak tersebut apabila diurutkanakan membentuk kalimat permintaan untuktidak melakukan sesuatu. Susunan katayang benar adalah Never leave the frontdoor open yang artinya Jangan pernahmembiarkan pintu depan terbuka. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamembentuk kalimat yang tidak logis.

48. really – am – I – breaking – sorry for – ruler 1 2 3 4 5 6

– your 7

A. 3–2–1–4–5–7–6B. 3–2–1–5–4–7–6C. 5–4–7–1–6–3–2D. 5–4–7–6–1–3–2Jawaban: BKata-kata acak tersebut apabila diurutkanakan membentuk kalimat yangmengungkapkan permintaan maaf.Susunan kata yang tepat adalah I amreally sorry for breaking your ruler yangartinya Aku sungguh minta maaf telahmematahkan penggarismu. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamembentuk kalimat yang tidak logis.

49. Choose the best arrangement of thesentences to make a good message.1. My friends and I will go to see a book

fair after school.2. Dear Mom,3. I will come home from school late.4. Love, Tiara.

A. 1–2–3–4B. 2–1–3–4C. 2–4–1–3D. 3–4–2–1Jawaban: BPenulisan pesan diawali dengan salampembuka, yaitu Dear Mom, lalu diikutidengan isi pesan, yaitu My friends andI will go to see a book fair after school.I will come home from school late. Pesantersebut ditutup dengan salam penutupyang diikuti dengan nama pengirim, yaituLove, Tiara. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan urutan yang benar.

50. Choose the best arrangement of thesentences to make a good dialog.1. Dian : Oh, gosh! I’m really sorry,

Mom. I forgot to buy thesugar.

2. Mother : Just like what I’ve guessed.Luckily, I still have some.


3. Dian : Hello, Mom! I’m cominghome.

4. Mother : Thank you, Dear.5. Dian : Don’t worry, Mom. I’ll go and

buy it now.6. Mother : Hello, Dear. Have you got

what I have asked you tobuy?

A. 2–4–5–1–3–6B. 2–4–5–3–6–1C. 3–6–1–2–5–4D. 3–6–1–4–5–2

Jawaban: CPercakapan tersebut diawali dengankalimat salam dan sapaan yang diucapkanDian (nomor 3) yang direspons ibunya, laluibu bertanya apakah Dian memperolehyang dimintanya (nomor 6), diikutipermintaan maaf Dian karena telah lupamembelinya (nomor 1) dan ibunyamengatakan untunglah dia masih punyasedikit (nomor 2). Setelah itu, Dian berjanjiakan membeli gula sekarang juga (nomor5) dan ibunya berterima kasih kepada Dian(nomor 4). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena membentuk percakapan yang tidakruntut dan logis.


Aryanto, S. 2008. A Series of Grammar: Introducing Tense (Memperkenalkan Tense). Bandung: PakarRaya.

Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford UniversityPress.

Corbeil, J.C. and A. Archambault. 2004. Kamus Visual Edisi Terbaru Indonesia–Inggris. Indonesia:Buana Ilmu Populer.

Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris-Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka Utama.

Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Mustriana, B. Bima. 2008. A Series of Daily Expressions: Study Transactional Dialogs (BelajarPercakapan Transaksional). Bandung: Pakar Raya.

Prieto, M., L. Robbins. 2006. English Zone Student Book 2. New York: The McGrawHill Companies

Priyana, J., Riandi, and A.P. Mumpuni. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High school StudentsGrade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M. Sukirman Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII Junior HighSchool (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

226 Daftar Pustaka

Documents

Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1